125*

HS
AIRCRAFT

MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Volume

ROLLS

ROYCE

522

ENGINE

VIPER
Publication

reference

MM 125

522

*
-

Published

Subject

BRITISH

August

1964

to existing

rights

of third

AEROSPACE:
HATFIELD

Note
in the U.S.A.
the
H.S. 125
is known
as
the D.H.125

parties

AIRCRAFT
DIVISION

CHESTER
MarnId

GROUP

Hertfordshire

England

HS.125 MAINTENANCE
MANUAL(VOL.3)
RR VIPER 522
PUBLICATIONREF. MM.125-522

TEMPORARY REVISION
LETTER OF TRANSMITTALNo.
This temporary revision complies with British
Section A, Chapt r A6-2

Signed

----CAA

---.

..

Approva

Civil

Airworthiness

Date 12th February,

No. DAI/1011

19

Requirements,

1981

INSTRUCTIONS
(1)
(2)

Insert

or remove Temporary Revisions

as detailed

below.

incorporated
Check that the last Temporary Revision Letter of Transmittal
If it is not, inform the Superintendent,
Manuals
is No.18.
Technical
Distribution
Centre, Product Support Department,
British
Aerospace Public
Limited Company, Aircraft
Group, Hatfield-Chester
Division,
Hatfield,
AL10 9TL, England.
Hertfordshire,

T.R.No.
72-00-01
72-01-01

72-4
72-5

Current

Instructions

Position

T.R.'s

facing
facing

page 405
page 405

REMOVE
INSERT

(Manual to NORMALRev.41 standard)

by a Letter
NOTE : Remove T.R.'s from manual only when so instructed
issued with either a Temporary or NORMAL
Transmittal
revision.

22111121

T.R.No
72-00-01

72-5

February

12/81

facing

page 405

Issued

of

with Record Sheet No.

19 (522)

Letter

of Transmittal
Record Sheet
Page 1 of 1

HS 125 MAINTENANCE
MANUAL(VOL.3)

RRVIPER 522 [PUBLICATION

REF. MM.125-522)

TEMPORARY REVISION No.72-6

Insert

in 72-00-01

page 405

facing

REASONFOR ISSUE
To ensure

the stay pin cap nuts are torque-tightened

and lubricated

correctly.
ACTION

Disregard

sub-paragraph (4) of paragraph

sub-paragraph
and NOTE :new

the existing

the following

2.B.

and read

the stay pin capnut threads using graphite grease

DTD.806 or MIL-G-7187, then install
and torque-tighten
(60 lbf.in.).
the capnuts to 5 lbf.ft.

(4) Lubricate
to Spec.

NOTE : If Mod.CV.3974 is incorporated

number of spanner slots in the
i.e. five slots instead of ten)
torque-tightened to 45 lbf.ft.

72-00-01
TR Page 1 of 1
February 81

(identified
by a reduced
capnut Part No.V.53148
the capnuts should be
(540 lbf.in.).

HS.125 MAINTENANCE
MANUAL(VOL.3)
RR VIPER 522
(Publication

Ref.MM.125-522)

LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
FOR
REVISION No.43 (522)

Issued by
Civil Aircraft
British
Aerbspace,
Division,
ALl0 9TL,
Ratfield,
Hertfordshire,
England.
This permanent revision complies
Section A, Chapter A6-2.

Signed

with British

Civil

Date

.....................

Airworthiness

Requirements,

14th March, 1987

...................

CAAApproval No. DAI/10ll/55

INSTRUCTIONSFOR ENCORPORATING
TRIS REVISION
(1)

Check that Revision

(2)

Insert the revision

pages in numerical sequence, removing and destroying
the existing pages replaced by revised pages.

(3)

(4)

No.43 has been incorporated.

Record the incorporation

sheet at the front

of this revision
of Volume 3.

Retain this Letter

of Transmittal.

on the RECORDOF REVISIONS (NORMAL)

HIGHLIGHTS
CHAPTER71 & 72

March,

1987

Minor editorial

changes.

Page 1

MAINTENANCE MANUAL

MODIFICATION
Modifications

have

which

an

STATEMENT

P
NE
C
1.

Modifications
NOTE

Mod No.

issued

H. S. A.

(H. S, )

VIPER

in the 'Coverage'
colutun
incorporated
in the manual.

annotation

data

and any necessary

investigated
be one of the following
:

522
have been
Annotations

may

Full coverage
Partial
coverage
on manual
No effect
Cancelled

by Hawker

Modifications

are

Mod

Coverage

Siddeley

Aviation

prefixed

No,

Ltd.

25.

Coverage

Mod.No.

1826

NE

1860

Coverage

1026

NE

1407

1031

NE

1439

1035

NE

1440

1902

NE

1048

NE

1444

NE

1911

1102

NE

1453

NE

1924

NE

1145

1512

1952

1167

NE

1587

1988

NE

NE

2011

NE

'

1242

NE

1631

1243

NE

1632

NE

2053

1280

NE

1652

2065

1301

1665

NE

2081

NE

1310

NE

1674

NE

2083

NE

1328

NE

1692

NE

2085

1335

1693

NE

5315

1338

NE

17Z1

5538

NE

1377

NE

1728

7127

1744

7133

NE

1393

1748

NE

7196

NE

1751

7233

NE

1755

NE

7249

NE

7256

NE

7274

1760

Nov.

69 (Y)

1802

NE

1817

NE

Mod Statement

(H.S.)

Viper
Page

522
1

ENGEINNEAD

BRISTOL

VISIOEN

VIPER
MODIFICATION
Modification
investigated
one

of

which
have an annotation
and any necessary
data

the following
*

C
P
NA

Mod.

CV. 7127
CV,7128
CV,7129
CV.7130
CV.7131
CV. 7132
CV. 7133
CV. 7134
CV.7135
CV.7136
CV. 7137
CV. 7138
CV.7139
CV.7140
CV,7141
CV.7142
CV.7143
CV.7144
CV.7145
CV.7146
CV.7147
CV.7148
CV.7149
CV.7150
CV.7151
CV.7152
CV.7153
CV.7154
CV.7155
CV.7156
CV.7157
CV.7158
CV.7159
CV.7160
CV.7161

Apr.70

is_sueggig11s

Coverage

No.

(R, R.)

VIPER

Full coverage
No effect
on manual
Cancelled
Partial
coverage
Not applicable

g_y
Mod.

No.

Coverage

Mod.

CV.7179

CV.7180
CV.7181

N.E.
N.E.

CV.7216

CV.7182

N.E.

CV.7217

N.E.

P
N.E.
N.E.
N.E.
N.E.
N.A.
N.E.
N,E.
N.E.
N.A.
N.E.
N.E.

may

be

CV.7183
CV.7184
CV.7185
CV.7186
CV.7187
CV.7188
CV.7189
CV.7190
CV.7191
CV.7192
CV.7193
CV.7194

Mods within
the
CV.3,000
range
on page
3.

start

Ltd

N.E.

N,E.

been

Annotations

N.E.

N. A
N. AN.A.
N.E.
N.A.

have

NOTE

N.E.

N.A.

522

column
in the 'Coverage'
incorporated
in the manual.

CV. 7162
CV.7163
CV.7164
CV.7165
CV.7166
CV. 7167
CV. 7168
CV. 7169
CV.7170
CV.7171
CV. 7172
CV. 7173
CV.7174
CV.7175
CV.7176
CV.7177
CV.7178

N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A
N, A.
N, A
N. A

(Y)

NE

Mod_igcatigg

STATEMENT,

N. A.
N.E.

C
N.E.

C
N. A.

No.

Coverage

CV 7197
CV.7198
CV.7199
CV.7200
CV.7201
CV 7202
CV
CV
CV.7205
CV.7206
CV 7207
CV 7208
CV.7209
CV.7210
CV.7211
CV.7212
CV.7213

N.E.
N.E.
N.E.
N.A.

N .E
N.E
N.E
N.E.
N.E.

.7203

N. E.
*

N. E.
N. E.
N.E.

N.E.
N.A.

N.A.
N.E.

.7204

CV.7219

CV.7220
CV.7221
CV.7222
CV.7223
CV.7224
CV.7225

N.E.
N.E.

CV.7230
CV.7231

CV.7195

N.E.
*

N.A.

N.E.

CV.7228

CV.7196

N.A.

N.E.
N.E.
N.A.
N.A.
N.E.
N.E.
N.E.
N.E.
N.E.
N.E.

N.A.

CV.7229

N.E.
N.E.

CV.7226

N.E.

N.E.

CV.7227

N.E.

Mod Statements

N.E.

CV.7214
CV.7215

CV.7218

N.E.
N.E.
N.E.
N.E.
N.E.
N.A.

N .E
N.E.

N.E.

N.E.

N.A.
*

(R.R)

522
Viper
Page 1

Amt

BRISTOL

R
...Modification
Mod.

No.

CV.7232
CV.7233
CV.7234
CV.7235
CV.7236
CV.7237
CV.7238
CV.7239
CV.7240
CV.7241
CV.7242
CV.7243
CV
CV
CV 7246
CV
CV 7248
CV
CV
CV
CV
CV .7253GE
CV
.7244

.7245

.7247

.7249

.7250

.7251

.7252

.7254

CV.7255
CV 7256
CV.7257
CV
CV.7259
CV
CV.7261
CV.7262
CV
CB.7264GE
CV
CV
CV.7267
CV.7268
CV
CV
CV
CV
CV
CV
CV 7275
CV
CV.7277
CV.7278
CV.7279
.

.7258

.7260

.7263

.7265

.7266

.7269

.7270

.7271

.7272

.7273

.7274

.7276

Mod
Page

Statements
2

Coverage

N.E.
N.E.
N.E.
N.E.
N.E.

N.A.
N.E.
N.E.
N.E.

N.E

N.E.
N .E
N.E.
N.E
N.A.
N.A

N.A.

N.E.
N .A

N .E
N .E
N.E.

N.E.
*

N.E
N.E

N.E
N.E
N .A
N.E

N.E.

N.A.
N.E.

(R,R.)

Viper

Viper
Coverage

CV.7280
CV.7281
CV.7282
CV.7283
CV.7284
CV.7285
CV.7286
CV.7287
CV.7288
CV.7289
CV.7290
CV.7291
CV. 7292
CV. 7293
CV. 7294
CV. 7295
CV. 7296
CV. 7297
CV. 7298
CV. 7299
CV. 7300
CV. 7301
CV. 7302
CV.7303
CV. 7304
CV.7305
CV. 7306
CV.7307
CV. 7308
CV.7309
CV.7310
CV. 7311
CV.7312
CV. 7313
CV. 7314
CV.7315
CV.7316
CV. 7317
CV. 7318
CV. 7319
CV. 7320
CV. 7321
CV. 7322
CV. 7323
CV. 7324
CV.7325
CV.7326
CV.7327

N.E.
N.A
N .E
N .A
N .E
N .E
N.E
N.E
N.E
N .A

VIPER

Mod.No.

DIVISION

MAINTENANCE

(R.R.)

staterrent

ENGINE

522

N.A.
N.E.
N.E.
N.E.
*

N.A.
N.E.
N.E.
P
N.A.
N.A.
*

N. A.
N. A.
N. A.
N. E.
N. E.
N. E.
N. E.
N. A.
N. A.
N. E.
N. A.
N.E.
N. A.
N.A.
N. A.
N.A.
N. A.
*

N.A.
N. E.
N.E.
N. A.
N. A.
N.A.
N.A.
N. E.
N. A.
N. E.
*

N. A.
N. E.
N. A.
N. E.
N.E.
N.A.
N.E.

522 continued
Mod.

No.

CV.7328
CV.7329
CV.7330
CV.7331
CV.7332
CV.7333
CV.7334
CV.7335
CV.7336
CV.7337
CV.7338
CV.7339
CV. 7340
CV. 7341
CV. 7342
CV. 7343
CV. 7344
CV. 7345
CV. 7346
CV. 7347
CV. 7348
CV. 7349
CV. 7350
CV.7351
CV. 7352
CV.7353
CV. 7354
CV.7355
CV. 7356
CV.7357
CV.7358
CV. 7359
CV.7360
CV. 7361
CV. 7362
CV.7363
CV.7364
CV. 7365
CV. 7366
CV. 7367
CV. 7368
CV. 7369
CV. 7370
CV. 7371
CV. 7372
CV.7373
CV.7374
CV.7375

Coverage
N.E.
N.E.
N.E.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.E.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N. E.
N. A.
N. A.
N. E.
N. EN. A.
N. E.
N. E.
*

N. A.
N. E.
N.E.
N. E.
N.E.
N. A.
N.E.
N. E.
N.A.
N.E.
N. A.
*

N. E.
N. A.
N.A.
N.A.
N. E.
N. A.
N. A.
N. A.
N. A.
N. A.
N. E.
N. A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.

Mod.

No.

Coverage

CV.7376
CV.7377
CV.7378
CV.7379
CV.7380
CV.7381
CV.7382
CV.7383
CV.7384
CV.7385
CV.7386
CV.7387
CV. 7388
CV. 7389
CV. 7390
CV. 7391
CV. 7392
CV. 7393
CV. 7394
CV. 7395
CV. 7396
CV. 7397
CV. 7398
CV.7399
CV. 7400
CV.7401
CV. 7402
CV.7403
CV. 7404
CV.7405
CV.7406
CV. 7407
CV.7408
CV. 7409
CV. 7410
CV.7411
CV.7412
CV. 7413
CV. 7414
CV. 7415
CV. 7416
CV. 7417
CV. 7418
CV. 7419
CV. 7420
CV.7421
CV.7422
CV.7423

N.A.
N.E.
N.A.
N.E.
N.A.
N.E.
N.E.
N.A.

Nov./68

N.A.
N.E.
N.E.
N. A.
N. A.
N. A.
*

N. A.
N. A.
N. A.
N. A.
N. E.
N. E.
N. A.
N.A.
N. A.
*
*

N.A.
N. A.
N.E.
*

N. A.
*

N. E.
*
*

N.A.
N. A.
N. A.
N. E.
N. E.
N. E.
N. E.
N. E.
N. E.
N.A.
N.E.
N.E.

(Y)

BRISTOL

R
.

Modification

Mod.

CV.7424
CV.7425
CV.7426
CV.7427
CV.7428
CV.7429
CV.7430
CV.7431
CV.7432
CV.7433
CV.7434
CV.7435
CV.7436
CV.7437
CV.7438
CV.7439
CV.7440
CV.7441
CV.7442
CV.7443
CV.7444
CV.7445
CV.7446
CV.7447
CV.7448
CV.7449
CV.7450
CV.7451
CV.7452
CV.7453
CV.7454
CV.7455
CV.7456
CV.7457
CV.7458
CV.7459

No.

Coverage

(R R
.

Mod.

.)

Viper

N.A-

N.E
N.A
P
*

N.E
N.E.
N.E..
N.E'
N.A
N.A.
N.A.

N.E
N.A.
N.A.
N.A

N.A
N.A

CV.7483
CV.7484
CV.7485
CV.7486
CV.7487

CV.7488
CV.7489
CV.7490
CV.7491
CV.7492
CV.7493
CV.7494
CV.7495
CV.7496

CV.7497
CV.7498
CV.7499
CV.7500
CV.7501
CV.7502
CV.7503
CV.7504
CV.7505
CV
CV.7507

N.A.

CV.7523

N.A.

N.A.

N.A.

CV.7524
CV.7525

N.A.

CV.7526

N.A.
N.A.

CV.7527
CV.7528
CV.7529
CV.7530

N.A
N.A
N.E

CV.7469

N.EN.A.

CV.7470

N.E

N.A.

N.A.
N.A.

CV.7532
CV.7533
CV.7534

N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.E.
N.E.

CV.7535

CV.7536
CV.7537
CV.7538
CV.7539
CV.7540
CV.7541
CV.7542
CV.7543

N.E.

N.A.
N.A.

N.A.
N.E.

N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.

CV.7544
I

N.E.
N.A.

(Y)

N.A.
N.AN.AN.E.

CV.7589
CV.7590

C.

CV.7591JP

N.E.

N.A.

CV.7559

N.E.

CV.7514JP

N.A.

CV.7515
CV.7516
CV.7517

N.E.
N.A.
N.A.

CV.7560
CV.7561
CV.7562
CV.7563
CV.7564

N.A.

CV.7511

CV.7592

N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.E.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.

N.A.
N.A.
N.E.
N.E.

N.E.

Mod

CV.7593
CV.7594JP

N.E.
N.E.

CV.7512
CV.7513JP

N.E.

CV.7509
CV.7510

CV.7588

N.A.

N.A.
N.A.

CV.7508JP

CV.7577
CV.7578
CV.7579
CV.7580
CV.7581
CV.7582
CV.7583
CV.7584
CV.7585
CV.7586
CV.7587

N.EN.A.
N.A.
N.A

N.A.

CV.7576

N.A.

N.A.
N.A.
N.E.

CV.7565

Sept.70

N.E.
N.EN.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.E.
N.A-

CV.7549

N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.

CV.7569

CV.7570
CV.7571
CV.7572
CV.7573
CV.7574
CV.7575

N.E.

CV.7545
CV.7546
CV.7547
CV.7548

No.

CV.7566
CV.7567
CV.7568

N.E.

CV.7531

N.A.

Mod.

N.A.

CV.7550
CV.7551
CV.7552
CV.7553
CV.7554JP
CV.7555
CV.7556
CV.7557JP
CV.7558

.7506

N.A
N.A
N.A
N.A
N.A

Coverage

N.A.
N.A.

N.E.

CV.7482

No.

N.A.
N.EN.AN.A-

N.E.

CV.7472

N.EN.E
N.E
N.E
N.E
N.E.

Mod.

CV.7518
CV.7519
CV.7520
CV.7521
CV.7522

CV.7471

N.A

522 continued

Coverage

N.E.
N.A.
N.E
N.A.
N.E.
N.E
N.EN.E

CV.7461
CV.7462
CV.7463
CV.7464
CV.7465
CV.7466
CV.7467
CV.7468

VIPER

No.

CV.7473
CV.7474
CV.7475
CV.7476
CV.7477
CV.7478
CV.7479
CV.7480
CV.7481

DIVISION

MAINTENANCE

N.A.

N.A.

CV.7460

statenent

ENGINE

Statements

Coverage
N.E.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.E.
N.E.
N.E.
N.E.
N.E.
N.E.
N.E.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.E.
N.A.
N.E.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.

N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.E.
N.A.

CV.7595
CV.7596
CV.7597
CV.7598
CV.7599
CV.7600

N.E.

CV.7601

N.A.

N.E.
N.A.
N.A.

modiAll succeeding
tle
fications
all within
begrange,
CV.3000
CV.3313.
with
inning
CV.3313
N.E.
CV.3314
N.A.
CV.3315
N.E.
CV.3316
CV.3317

CV.3318
CV.3319
CV.3320

(R.R.)

N.E.
N.E.
N. E.

522
Viper
3
Page

BRISTOL

R
.

Modification

Mod.

No.

CV.3321
CV.3322
CV.3323
CV.3324

staten,ent

Mod.

Coverage

N.A.
N.A.

CV.3325

N.E.

CV.3326

N. E.

CV.
CV.

3342
3343

CV.

3344

Mod.No.

Coverage

Mod.No.

Coverage

N.A.

CV.3371

N.A.

N.E.
N.A.
N. A.

CV.3376

3377
3378
CV. 3379
CV. 3380

N. A.

N. A.

N. A.
N. E.
N. E.

N.E.
N. E.

N. E.

N. E.
N. A.
N. A.
N. E.

3359
3360

N. E.

CV. 3361

N. E.
N. E.

Mod Statements
Page 4

Coverage

CV.3369
CV.3370

CV.
CV.

N.A.

CV.3367

522 continued

3372
CV. 3373

N.E.

CV.3347
CV. 3348
CV. 3349
CV. 3350
CV. 3351
CV. 3352
CV. 3353
CV. 3354
CV. 3355
CV. 3356
CV. 3357
CV. 3358

3362
3363
CV. 3364
CV. 3365
CV. 3366

No.

Viper

CV.3375

N. A.

CV.
CV.

.)

CV.3374

CV. 3345
CV. 3346

CV.
CV.

VIPER

CV.

CV.3327
CV.3328

CV.3329
CV. 3330
CV. 3331
CV. 3332
CV. 3333
CV. 3334
CV. 3335
CV. 3336
CV. 3337
CV. 3338
CV. 3339
CV. 3340
CV.3341

DIVISION

MAINTENANCE

CV.3368

N.E.
N.A.

'

(R .R

ENGINE

N. E.
N.A.

(R .R

.)

Viper

522

Sept.

70

(Y)

MANUAL

MAINTENANCE

.fST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES: CHAPTER71

POWERPLANT

Refere

Refere

Refere

e & Date

Contents-71
1

ge

4
5
6
101

June 76 (Z)
June 76 (Z)
Aug.78 (X)
Jan.31/64

Aug.21/64
Aug.21/64

Dec.79
102 Dec.79
Dec.79
103
Dec.79
104
104A Dec.79 (Y)
105 July 69
106
July 69
107
July 69
0098 DDecc.

114

Dec.79
69
Jul
69
Jul
Dec.79 (Z)
Dec.79

301

Sept.67

401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429

June 76 (Z)
Jan.87
Jan.87
Jan.87
Jan,87(Z)
Dec.31/64
Jan.87(Z)
Jan.87(Z)
Mar.74
Dec.79
Jan.87
Mar.87 (Z)
June 76 (Z)
June 76 (Z)
June 76 (Z)
June 76 (Z)
June 76 (Z)

501
502
503
504

June 68
Aug.78
Apr.70 (Y)
May 72

110
111
112

113

* Indicates

pages

& Date

71-00
Aug.78 (Z)

71-00
1
2
3

revised,

added

or deleted

505
506
507

Nov.72 (Y)
May 67 (Y)
Dec.79 (Y)

511
512
513
514
515

Aug.21/64
Aug.21/64
June 76 (Z)
Aug.78 (Z)
June 76 (Z)

517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524

Apr.70 (Z)
Apr.70 (Y)
Apr.70 (Y)
Apr.70 (Z)
Aug.78 (Y)
Aug.78 (Y)
July 69
Nov.69 (Y)

541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551

May 72 (Y)
May 72
Dec.79 (Y)
Mar.74 (Y)
Dec.79
Nov.69
Jan.87(Y)
Jan.87(Y)
Jan.87(Y)
June 80(Y)
Nov.72 (Y)

561
562
563
564
565

Feb.25/66
(Y)
Nov.72 (Y)
Sept.70
Aug.78 (Y)
June 76 (Y)

581
582
583

Oct.1/64
Jan.31/64
Oct.1/64

601

June.80

1
2
201

June 76 (Z)
June 76 (Z)
June 76 (Z)

71-06-0

by the

EENERAL

current

& Date

71-06-11
201
202
203

June 76 (Z)
June 76 (Z)
June 76 (Z)

71-06-21
201
202

June 76 (Z)
June 76 (Z)

71-06-31
101
201

June 76 (Z)
June 76 (Z)

71-09-11
76
76
76
76
76
76

1
2
3
4
5
6

June
June
June
June
June
June

Jan.87

Jan.87

Sept.70

7
8
201
202
203
204

Jan.87
Aug.78
Aug.78
Aug.78
Aug.78
Aug.78

(Y)
(Y)
(Y)
(Y)
(Y)

71-09-21

71-09-31
201
202
71-09-41
201
71-09-51
201
202

Dec.79
Dec.79
Feb.68
Aug.78
Aug.78

71-10
1
2

May 2/66
May 2/66

revision.

Effective

pages-71

Mar.87

(a2e2

U ms
MAINTENANCE

.lST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES:

Refere

:HAPTER71

POWERPLANT

GENERALcontinued
Refere

Refere
e & Date

71

MANUAL

ge

& Date

& Date

-20

1
2
201
202
203

Aug.21/64
Aug.21/64
Sept.30/66
Aug.16/65
Nov.72

(Y)
(Y)

71-50-14
1
201

*Indicates

pages

May 67
Aug.78

revised,

added

or deleted

by the

current

revision

Effective

pages-71

Dec.79

Page 2
(522)

MAINTENANCE

Chapter

JWANUAL

71

POWERPLANT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
*

No separate
No separate

description

maintenance

practices
Page

71-00

GENERAL
TROUBLESHOOTING
SERVICING
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Remove power plant
Install
power plant

..

..

..

..

..

..

..

..

ADJUSTMENT/TEST
Ground running
General
Operating
limitations
stopping and motoring
Starting,
Tests
Adjustments
Fire drills
..

..

..

..

..

..

..

..

..

..

..

INSPECTION/CHECK
Shock loading

71-10

71-06-0
71-06-11
71-06-21
71-06-31
71-09-11
71-09-21
71-09-31
71-09-41
71-09-51
COWLINGS

71-20

MOUNTS

*
*
*

check

..

..

..

..

..

..

..

Drains system
Combustion chamber/centre
section
Turbine/exhaust
cone drain
Primer drain
Power plant build list
materials
Servicing
Torque loading
Pipes
Genera!
Self-Tocking
nuts

drain
..

401
421

501
505
511
541
561
581
601
201
201

101/201

..

..

ELECTRICALHARNESS
71-50-14
Light duty electrical
*

301

..

..

101

..

..

..

201

harness

71- CONTENTS
Page 1
Aug.78 (Z)

MAJNTENANCE

MANUAL

POWERPLANT

GENERAL

1. General

The aircraft
is propelled
by two Rolls-Royce
Viper engines installed
in pods,
mounted one at either side of the rear fuselage
(Figs.1 and 2).
A fillet,
from each side of the fuselage,
houses the support structure
for
extending
Mounts connect the inboard side of each engine to the
mounting the engines.
filTet.
Interchangeability
of engines,
respective
between the left and right
is achieved by the ability
positions,
to fit mounts on either side of the
engine.

Part of the installation

space is formed by the concave forward half of the
side
cowlings
fitted
in this area are secured directly
to the fillet.
fillet;
into zones which are ventilated
Firewalls
divide each installation
by ram air
A 'two-shot'
and protected
by self-resetting
fire detectors.
fire extinguiPre Mod.252367:
Zone 1 (Chapter 26).
Fuel and oil
shant system protects
independently
or via a self-empt.ying
drainage is dumped overboard either
drains
tank; Mod.252367 provides contained drains for ground emptying.
The nose cowl and parts of the engine and intake are anti-iced
by hot air bled
Compressor bleeds are used also for
from the engine compressor (Chapter 75).
pressurization
and air conditioning
systems (Chapter 21) and
the aircraft
rudder bias system (Chapter 27).
Methanol
injection
is used to de-ice the low
of the engine fuel system (Chapter 28).
pressure
filter
are cable operated from levers
and high pressure
fuel cock controls
pedestal
(Chapter
on the pilot's
central
control
76).
Each engine has a
combined starter/generator
and facilities
are provided for starting,
using
either
internal
or external
electrical
power supplies
(Chapter 80).
Throttle

points are grouped at convenient

Engine/airframe
system disconnect
accessory
of a power plant.
When
points to simplify
the removal and installation
prepared,
ready for installation,
each power plant comprises a 'basic power
of the engine together with all items common to both
(consisting
plant'
parts peculiar
installation.
plus those additional
to the specific
installations)
removed
and
installed
plants
can
be
in
a
complete
state
Power
substantially
with the nose cowl and rear cowl fitted.
cone and propelling
nozzle form an integral
unit
practices
description
and maintenance
for the exhaust system
Chapter 78 for 'Exhaust'.
Chapter 72; there is no separate

The exhaust

Details

of Power Plant

Build

are given

in this

therefore
appear

the

in

chapter.

2. Structure
The support

fuselage,

structure
for the pods is integrated
refer to Chapter 53.

with

the rear

section

of the

71-00
Page 1
June 76 (Z)

gas

MAINTENANCE

ENGINE

MANUAL

BREATHER

AIR BLEED

VALVE OUTLET
ZONE I VENTILATION

OUTLET

6NTCKEETOLFONR
ANRD
GUARD

STARTER

GENERATOR
AIR INLET

COOLING

HYDRAULIC, FUEL PUMP, SYNCHRONIZER

CORRECTOR
UNIT AND OIL TANK FILLER
NECK DRAINS OUTLET

ZONE I MAIN

VENT

ZONE I VENTILATION

DRAIN

OUTLET
DRAINS TANK EJECTOR
(PRE MOD.252367)

MANUAL DRAIN VALVE

MOD 252367

BOTONE

FILLET

I VENT

BLANK

ZONE I VENTILATION

ACCESS

ZONE 2 VENTILATION

SOCKET

OUTLET

ZONE I VENTILATION
DRAINS TANK VENT

FOR AIR INTAKE

AND GUARD

INLET

INLET

DRAINS

SHROUD
NHA STNGHOLE5

NOSE

HER

VENT

JET PIPE COWL DRAIN

ZONE 2 VENT

NLING

RTER

COU

JET

CATLWLDR

PIPE COWL VENT

DRAINS
ZONEl

DRAIN

DRAIN
TURBINE

DRAIN

COMBUSTION
CHAMBER
(PRE MOD252367)

VENT

DRAINS

DRAIN

TI-00
Engine No.1 external
Fig.1

details

Page 2
June 76 (Z)

U ms

MAINTENANCE MANUAL

5OCKET
ACCE55

TO OfL TANK FILLER

EXHAUST

ANTHCING

FOR AIR

HOLES

INTAKE BLANK

AND GUARD

A.C. GENERATOR COOLING

AIR INLET

SOCKET FOR AIR

AND GUARD

INTAKE BLANK

NOSE COWL DRAIN

COOLING

A.C. GENERATOR
AIR OUTLET

HYDRAULIC, FUEL PUMP AND OtL TANK

FILLER NECK DRAINS OUTLET
JET PIPE
COWL DRAIN

ZONE I VENTILATION
AIR OUTLET

ZONE

MAIN VENT DRAIN

HOLE
PRA SMOD

CETWL EENTjDRAIN

523

MANUAL DRAIN VALVE

ANT1-ICING EXHAUST HOLES

ONE \ VENTILATION

DRAINS TANK VENT

INLET

MOD.252367
AIR BLEED VALVE
OUTLET
UNE VENT1LATION

ENG NE BREATHER

Ta

ZONE \ VENT

DRAINS
NE 2 VENT!LATION

INLET

BOTTOM

STARTER/GENERATOA
COOLING AIR INLET
STARTER/GENERATOR
COOLING AIR OUTLET

TURBINE DRAIN
ZONE

I VENT

DRAINS

DRAINS TANK EJECTOR

252367)

(PRE-MOD

\
ACCESS TO THERMOCOUPLE
HARNESS CONNECTION

ZONE I MAIN VENTIDRAINS

CHAMBER
COMBUSTION
DRAIN IPRE-MOD 252367)

1039|)

71 003
-

Engine No.2-external
Fig.2

details

Page
Aug.78 (X)

U mm

MAUNTENANCE MANUAL

...Power

plant

General

continued

3. Firewalls
A. General
is housed in a fireproof
bay isolated
from the remainder
(Fig.3).
To prevent the spread of a fire,
the bay is divided into three zones.
Zone 1, the front zone, houses all parts of the installation
capable of sustaining
a fire.
Zone 2, the centre zone, encases
the combustion system. Zone b, the rear zone, surrounds the exhaust system.
Each power plant

of the aircraft

FIREWALL FORMED BY ZONE I

SECTION OF FILLET SKIN

JET

PIPE COWL

REAR COWL

ENGINE BULKHEAD AND

SKIN OF REAR COWL

REAR
DIAPHRAGM
OF NOSE COWL

FRONT

AND DUCT

IIGOX

Firewalls
Fig.3

section of the fillet

is an integral
part of Zone 1.
The
except for the rear strake of each
upper and lower skins of the fillet,
surface, are titanium.

The forward

B. Zone 1
Zone 1 is bounded at the front by a titanium firewall
formed by the rear
diaphragm of the nose cowl and the rear section of the intake duct.
The
of the stainless
rear firewall
consists
steel diaphragm of the rear cowling,
which also forms the Zone 1/Zone 2 inter-zonal
boundary.
The concave secfabricated
from titanium, and the upper and lower skins
tion of the fillet,
complete the fireproofing
of Zone 1.
of the fillet

71-00
Page 4
Jan.31/64

HAWXER SIDDELEY AVIATION

HS125
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

...Power

plant
Zone

2 and

General
Zone

continued

Zone 2 is fully enclosed

by the rear
from
its front
cowling;
apart
stainless
steel
titanium.
this
is
all
Zone
2
cowling
terminates
diaphragm,
at a piston
ring
type
aft of this is Zone B which
is shrouded
of the rear
cowling;
by
seal at the rear
jet pipe fairing.
the titanium
4.

Ventilation
A. General
During

flight,
ram
air
flush intakes.
non-icing
in Zone 2 exceeds
that
1.

flows into each

zone
of the power
plant bay (Fig.4)
via
The ventilation
is arranged
system
so that the pressure
in Zone 1, so reinforcing
the confinement
of a fire in Zone

INCOMING

AIR

EXHAUSTING

AIR

ZONE I

ZONE 2 & ZONE B

Ventilation
Fig.4.
B. Zone

Air enters
an intake
in the side of the nose
cowl and flows
of the nose
front
and
diaphragms
formed
between
the
rear
(gauze covered to maintain the effectiveness
rear
diaphragm
mit the air to flow into Zone 1

into

a plenum

chamber,

Holes
in the
perof the firewall)

cowl.

71
Aug.

21/ 64 (DH. 6)

-00

Page

HAWKER SIDDELEY AYMTION

HS126
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Power

plant

Air

shrouded

of

the fillet.

Zone

via
oil

or

2 and

An intake

the

Zone

cowling.

1 via

a gauze-covered
holes
in each

hole

in the top cowling

the lower
air flowing
between
the drains
In addition,
a slot
underside
of the tank
at the rear
on or around
the drains
tank.

ventilation/drain

of

exhausting

continued

from

exhausts

of fuel
C

General

Zone

of

cowlings

tank
-

and

prevents

and

a series

and

the

rear

cowling
accumulation

the

underside
-

admits
of
air to a manifold
secured
in the rear
to the inside
cowling
Perforations
in the manifolct
cause
the air to diffuse
throughout
the

zone.

Air
air

pipe,

exhausts
which

to

from
escapes

Zone
from

2 by leaking
past and through
the rear
of Zone 2 flows
into

atmosphere.
*

71-00
Page

holes
seaL
in the rear
That
Zone B, and around
the jet

Aug.

21/64

(DH. 6)

ENGINE

BRISTOL

DivlSION.

II AI NTE NANCE
VIPER
POWERPLANT

TROUBLESHOOTING

General
These charts are based on the assumption
Before resorting
to the trouble shooting

that an engine fault does exist.

charts recheck such items as:-

has been completed so that the appropriate

selections
(1) The correct drill
levers and switches have been made and the relevant
instruments
and/or
indicators
are reading accurately or that errors are known.
(2) The relevant

circuit

breakers

(3) The relevant

busbars

are powered and power supplies

is adequate

(6) All appropriate

are satisfactory.

fuel

blanks

tanks.

in the aircraft

and covers have been removed.

and there are no visible

(7) The engine intake and exhaust are unobstructed

signs of damage to the engine.
(8) The engine
(9) The aircraft

rotates

are satisfactory.

Nos. 1, 2 and 3, are connected and in a satisfactory

(4) Aircraft
batteries,
state of charge.
(5) There

and/or fuses

of

freely

is facing

by hand and makes no abnormal noises.

basically

into

wind,

system fault is encountered

If a lubrication
in Chapter 72, LUBRICATIONSYSTEM.

particularly

refer

in strong

to the trouble

winds.

shooting

charts

chapter table of contents

Refer to the relevant
for the precise ATA breakdown
subject.
number whenever the trouble shooting charts cross refer to a specific

71-00

Page 101
Dec.79

IL

ENGEINNE

D VISIOEN

M
VIPER

E23

CHARTNO.0
TIME
ENGINE ROTATIONSTIFF OR SHORTRUNDOWN
Rotate

engine

by hand then check

that normal swingaback

OK
Check electrical

supply (refer

power
to Chart 1)

occurs.

Not OK
Check pressure
for
filter

oil

contamination and
for
scavenge filter
ferrous

metal

OK
Remove starter
generator
then

rotate

Not OK
Metal found in
filters
determine source
of contamination
-

engine

by hand

Not OK
Pull the accessory
drives shaft (IPC
72-60, Page 18,
Item 1) forward to
disengage the driven
accessories from
the main rotating

OK
Change starter
generator
and
again check
freedom of
rotation

If source
in accessory
gearbox
-

change accessory gearbox

If source
in main

rotating
assembly

reject
engine

assembly, then
rotate again by
hand

OK
If normal

swing-back
occurs, check
each accessory

Not OK
Reject engine

for rotational
freedom
change defective item
-

7\-00
Page 102
Dec.79

Rous

ENGINE

BRISTOL

DIVISION

MAINTENANCE

acc

VIPER
CHARTNO.1

ENGINEDOES NOT ROTATEDURINGSTARTINGCYCLE

Rotate

engine

by hand then

check that normal swingback occurs

Ensure
supplies,
external,

OK
Check drive
from starter.
Rectify any

OK
electrical

internal

Not OK
Refer to Chart

power

and/or

are adequate

Not OK
Restore power

supplies

observed
defects

71-00
Page 103
Dec.79

ENGINE

BRISTOL

DIVISION

MAINTENAN CE
VIPER
CHARTNO. 2
ENGINEROTATESBUT FAILS TO LIGHT DURINGSTARTINGCYCLE
(Exhaust

cone and noz21e dry)

Check fuel

tank contents

OK
Check HP fuel
cock rigging
correct
(Chap.76).
With booster
pump running
and 1.p. fuel
cock fully open
check LP and
blocked
filter

Not OK
Replenish

warning lights
are out.
OK
Bleed h.p. fuel
pump governor
and check for
presence of fuel.

OK
Check h.p.
fuel pump
outlet
pressure
during a

Not OK
Reject h.p.
fuel pump.

Not OK
LP fuel warning
light illuminated.
Check operating
of 1.p.
pressure
fuel warning switch.

Not OK
Both lights
illuminated
or
filter
blocked
light only
illuminated.
Fit new low
pressure
fuel
filter
(see
Chapter 73).

wet motoring
cycle (see
Chapter 73).
OK
Re-connect
BFCUservo
pipe and
continue
Checks

Not OK
Outlet pressure
low.
Reject h.p. fuel

pump.

to

determine
whether

BFCUor
AFRC is
defective.

..

Page 104
Dec.79

OK.

state

OK.
Test fuel system
pressure
(see Chapter
73
ENCINE FUEL AND
CONTROL
GENERAL)

OK.
services

relay

Char.ge

11%

motoring

cycle;

solenoid

rev/min.

Not OK.
Change
PRIMER
SOLENOID
(see
Chapter
73)

Not OK,
PRIMER

Not OK.
Remove
and examine
primer
units
adjacent
to ignite-,

OK.

E-

Di

73)

available

ignition

see

change

and

solenold

check

to

PRIMER
Chapter
73

L t. input

Primer

-.

li

OK,
Connect
1.t. input
to one ignition
unit and
ti
on using

units

Restore

supplies

feel

OK.
Change defective
ICNITION
UNIT (see
Chapter
80)

OK.

Chcee hfective
C.bapter
UNIT (ner

by

ignition

OK.

or

engine

inoperative,
SOLENOID

Not

check

check

OK.

power

both

aurally

power

Not

and primer
No ignition
inoperative
check
power
services
to engine
relay

engine

Not OK.
solenoid
supplies

and

aurally

Not OK.
Fit serviceable
and attempt
battery
another
start

ignition

unsatisfactory.
check

Remove
primer
drain
isolate
ignition,
complete
a wet
fuel
motoring
cycle
and check
flows
from drain

OK.

of No.

Not OK.
Check
3 batte y

aurally,

Not OK.
Ignition
Select relight
and

least
primer

dry
at

Complete
obtains

power

relight

check
switch

and

1. t. input

and

to

check

No.

11%

Not OK.
Change ignition
lead
(See ICNITER
PLUGS AND
CABLES
Chapter
80)

Not OK.
Fit known serviceable
igniter
plug and check ignition
using relight
switch

OK.
Crosa over H. T. leads
ignition
using relight
switch

using

ignition

unit

chart

than

Restore

See

Less

supplien

Not OK.

Connect
igmtion

second

Not OK

Not OK,
rev/min.

ro
om

en............

-r

2:

BRISTOL

ENGINE

MAINTENANCE
VIPER
No.4

CHART

LIGHTS

ENGINE

DIVISIOft

BUT

IS HIGH

J.P.T.

DURING

START

I
OK.

Check

air

bleed

valve

outlet

Attach
air

See

chart

intake

and

motoring
indicate

and

trips

switch
251728
only)

unobstructed

and

air
at 25
engine

of compressor
a wet

complete

that
bleed

check

compressor

time

air

compressor

to outlet
ignition,

isolate
cycle

are

streamers

bleed,

streamers

is

valve

seconds

(Pre

drains

open,

Mod.

function

normally.

Not
clear

OK.

Check

valve

and

effectively

Not OK. Time

switch
trips
prematurely,
time switch
Change

OK.

Drains
inoperative,
system
of obstruction
drains

pressure
increasing
solenoid
primer
close
on shut down

Not

Compressor

OK.

operation

balance
OK.

Service

CONTROL

(Chapter

pipe

for

blockage

bleed valve
Check P1/P2
(Chapter
75)

Not OK.
Change
balance
pipe

bleed

air

air

unsatisfactory.

VALVE

75. )

Remove
Not, OK.
COMPRESSOR
AIR
VALVE

BLEED
check

smooth

of piston.

O.K.
Change
SWITCH
(see

BAROMETRIC
OK.
Change
UNIT
FLOW CONTROL
(Chapter
73)

and
operation

(Chapter

RATIO

PRESSURE

Chapter

75)

75)

Not OK.
Change
COMPRESSOR
AIR
BLEED
VALVE
(Chapter
75).

I
Not
or

OK.

Change

PRESSURE

(Chapter

PRIMER
INCREASING

SOLENOID
VALVE

73)

July69

71-00
Page

105

BRISTOL

ENGINE

MAINTENANCE
VIPER
CHART

ENGINE

LIGHTS

J.P.T.

low

1.p.

warning

light

Fuel
out.

DIVISION

UP BUT

FAILS

No. 5

TO REACH

J.P.T.

IDLING

high

See

SPEED

chart

Test

fuel system
pressure
(Chapter
73 ENGINE
FUEL

AND

CONTROL

GENERAL)

71-00
Page

July/69
106

BRISTOL

MAINTENANCE
VIPER

No. 6

CHART

ENGINE

SLOW
(All

test

Functionally
and
as

cabin

DIVISION

ENGINE

TO ACCELERATE
conditions)

that

system

anti-icing

pressurization

are

valve

set

required.

OK.
Test operation
o compressor
bleed
valve
(Chapter
71 Ground
Running
Tests).

air

OK.

Not

acceleration

Adjust

(Chapter
71 Ground
Adjustments)
Running

Not OK.
to a.f-r.c.
for
line,

damage

security

of connections.

OK.

Check
and

Change

RATIO

(Chapter

P2 air
filter,
and

OK.

Compressor

operation

valve

rate.

air

bleed

unsatisfactory.

Check
P1/P2
balance
p pe for
blockage
(Chapter
75).

pipe
OK.
bleed

Service
air
CONTROL
VALVE
(Chapter

in

for

Not OK. Change

pipe
balance
75)

Remove
Not OK.
COMPRESSOR
AIR

the AIR/FUEL

CONTROL

73)

BLEED
check

VALVL

smooth
of piston

tion
(Chapter

and
opera-

75)

I
PRESSURE~

OK. Change
RATIO
SWITCH
(Chapter
75)

Not OK. Change

C.OMPRESSOR
AIR
BLEED
VALVE
(Chapter
75)

71-00
Page 107
July/69

BRISTOL

ENGINE

DIVISION

MAINTENAN CE
VIPER
CHARTNO.7
ENGINESTALLS OR FLAMES-OUTDURINGACCELERATION
Examine the engine air intake for damage
inlet guide vanes and compressor
or obstruction,
stator blades
or damage or mal-alignment.
Not OK
engine if
damaged beyond
acceptance
limits.
Reject

OK
Test operation of the compressor air
bleed valve. (Chapter 71, Ground
Running Testsf.

Not OK
Compressor air bleed valve
operation unsatisfactory.
Check P1/P2 balance pipe for
blockage (Chapter 75).
OK
Service air bleed
CONTROLVALVE
(Chapter 75).

Not OK
(Valve closes prematurely).
Check valve and pressure
ratio switch connections
for leakage.

NOT OK
Change balance

pipe.

see Chapter 71 Ground

or
running adjustments,
change PRESSURERAIO
SWITCH (Chapter 75) and
recheck valve operation.

Not OK
Remove COMPRESSOR
AIR BLEEDVALVEnd
check smooth operation
of piston (Chapter 75).

OK
Change PRESSURERATIO
SWITCH(Chapter 75).

If no apparent
leakage,
adjust (Mod.CV7161)-

.OK
Check acceleration
if outside
limit
rate,
adjust the a.f.c.r.
(Chapter 71, Ground
running adjustments)
if
insufficient
adjustment
available
or stall still
occurs,
change AIR/FUEL
RATIO CONTROL,(Chapter
73).
,

Not OK
Change COMPRESSOR
AIR
BLEEDVALVE(Chapter
75).

Not OK
Reject engine for
investigation.

7\-00
Page 108
Dec.79

Fii

BRISTOL

ENGINE

DIVISION

ti AI NTE N ANCE
VIPER
CHARTNO. 8
ENGINEFAILS TO ATTAIN MAXSPEED ON GROUND
NOTE : Below approx. 40C (522) or SOC (520 & 521) ambient it will
not be possible to reach max speed unless the b.f.c.u.
capsule chamber is pressurized
to 5 lb/sq.in.
(See POWER
PLANT ADJUSTMENT/TEST), 'Ground running adjustments'.
-

speed check LP and

With engine running at max attainable
blocked lights
remain out, t.t.c.
is off, and the
filter
between indication
of engine speed, j.p.t.,
relationship
power loss and fuel flow is appropriate.

Not OK. LP and/or

blocked lights
on
See chart 2.

filter

Not OK. Engine speed

indication
suspect. Check
speed indicating
system.
(Chapter 77).

OK. Check engine for

damage and check
throttle and h.p.
cock rigging.
(Chapter
76 POWERCONTROL).

OK. With engine running bleed engine fuel

system and, at 70% rev/
min. bleed rate reset
valve. Recheck for max

speed.

Not OK. But above 70% rev/min

adjust maximum
attainable,
governed speed (see Chapter 71,
Ground running adjustments).

Not OK. Less than 70%

rev/min attainable,
change AIR/FUEL RATIO
CONTROL.(Chapter 73).

Not OK. Test fuel system pressure

(Chapter 73 ENGINEFUEL AND
CONTROL GENERAL).
-

71-00
Page 109
Dec.79

ENGINE

BRISTOL

DIVISION

INAI NTENANCE
VIPER
CHARTNO. 9
ABNORMALLY
HIGH JET PIPE TEMPERATURE
UNDERSTEADY
RUNNINGCONDITIONS
Ensure air intake and exhaust cone assemblies are
and damage and thermocouple
free from obstruction
Check rotating
probe holes not blocked.
assembly
by hand for normal swing-back.
OK
check all
Functionally
compressor air bleeds
and the primer solenoid
are closed.

OK
Check calibration
j.p.t.
circuits,
harness
including
resistance.

of

Not OK
Re-trim as stated
in Engine Log Book.
If exhaust cone has
been changed re-trim
as detailed
in Chapter
72 ENGINE, GENERAL
Trim exhaust nozzle.
-

OK
Ground run
engine and
confirm compressor air
bleed valve
closes at
r.p.m.
correct

Not OK
Change primer
solenoid.

OK
Ensure prescribed
nozzle diameter
and trimmer state
are correct.

Not OK
If damage acceptable
replace damaged part.
If damage unacceptable
reject
engine.

Not'0K
Rectify as

necessary

OK
Ground run engine and, using
accurate equipment
suitable
such as Rolls-Royce E.S.1201
or E.S.1295 Test Set, obtain
Refer to
OAT/RPM/JPT data.
Rolls-Royce
Limited
nearest
representative
to check
whether engine is within
acceptable limits.

Not OK
Refer to
Chart 4

71-00
Page 110
Dec.79

BRISTOL

ENGINE

MAINTENANCE
VIPER
CHART

ENGINE

FLAMES

OK.

UNDER

OUT

Check
and

engine
and

fuel
attempt

STEADY

RUNNING

to rotate

by hand

Engine
Not OK.
Reject
engine

damaged

free

engine

Check for indication

fuel pressure
and
filter
blocked.

Bleed
OK.
GENERAL)

No. 10
CONDITIONS

undamaged.

of low

for

DIVISIOfi

system(Chapter
another

Not OK.
Test fuel system
(Chapter
73
pressure
ENGINE
FUEL AND CONTROL
GENERAL).

73 ENGINE

FUEL

Not OK.
to rotate

AND CONTROL

Not free
See chart

1.

start.

Not

Both lights
OK.
filter
blocked

on or
-

light only on.

Fit
LOW PRESSURE
FILTER.
73)
(Chapter

new

71-00

July/69
Page

111

BRISTOL

ENGINE

DIVISION

MAI NTENANCE
VIPER
CHART

FLAMES

ENGINE

Check

free

engine

to

OK.

rotate

see

Not

free

chart

to
1.

Not

OK.

reject

OK.

air
Service
(Chapter

bleed
75).

Damaged

engine.

pressure
OK.
Test fuel system
FUEL
(Chapter
73 ENGINE
AND CONTROL
GENERAL)

VALVE

rotate

ON

by

11

DECELERATION
hand

and

undamaged

I
Not

OUT

No.

CONTROL

OK.

Test

operation

bleed valve
Ground
Running
air

Not OK.
valve

of compressor

(See

air

bleed

unsatisfactory.

Check Pl/P2
pipe
balance
blockage
(Chapter
75).

Change

71,

Tests).

Compressor

operation

chpter

balance

for

Not

OK.

pipe.

Not

COMPRESSOR
OK.
Change
BLEED
VALVE
(Chapter
75).

COMPRESSOR
OK.
Remove
BLEED
VALVE and check
smooth
operation
of piston
(Chapter
75).

Not

AIR

PRESSURE
OK.
Change
SWITCH
(Chapter
75).

71-00
Page

112

RATIO

AIR

Tyg

ENGINE

BRiSTOL

sai

DIVISION

MAINTENANCE
VIPER
CHARTNO.12

SYNCHRONIZER
FAILS TO CONTROLSLAVEENGINESATISFACTORILY

to synchronizer
Check power supplies
relay.
of aircraft
and operation

system

OK. Check voltage output of each

TACHOMETER/SYNCHRONIZER
AC
GENERATOR(CHAPTER77).

Not OK. Restore power

supplies
or change relay,
as appropriate.

OK. Change SYNCHRONIZER

CORRECTOR
UNIT (see Chapter

Not OK. Change defective

TACHOMETER/SYNCHRONIZER
AC
GENERATOR(see Chapter 77).

73).

CHARTNO.13
CONTROLFAILS TO CONTROLENGINE
TOP TEMPERATURE
(Engine
Check

a.C.

with cockpit

satisfactory
and d.c.

power supplies

engine static
Calibrate
system
(see Chapter 73) TOP TEMPERATURE
CONTROLSYSTEM).
OK.

amplifiers
Interchange
left-hand
to right-hand
vice-versa.

Not OK.
pressure

switch placed
available

OFF).

at amplifier.

Not OK.

Restore

power.

from

or

Change electrocontrol valve.

71-00
Page 113
Dec.79

(Z)

BRISTOL

ENGINE

DIVISION

MAINTENANCE
\/IPER
CHARTNO.14

TURBINEOVERHEATWARNINGIN FLIGHT OR DURINGGROUNDRUN

Check for

Rotate

OK
engine

compressor

turbine

damage.

Not OK
If damage unacceptable,
reject
engine.

by hand.

OK
Engine free to rotate,
check turbine overheat
indication:
button pressed
light on button released
light.out.

or

Not OK
Engine rotation
stiff
refer to
Chart 0.
-

Rot OK

OK
Ground run engine
at 95% rev/min.
for
2 min. and at TOO%
rev/min.
for 1 min.

Check continuity
of
both turbine overheat
thermocouple cables.

|
Both not OK
Reject engine,

OK
Check failure
warning
unit (see Chapter 77
TURBINEOVERHEATWARNING
SYSTEM). If suspect
change unit.
OK
Ground run engine at 95%
rev/min.
for 2 min. and
at 100% rev/min.
for 1 min.

Not OK
Warning light on.
Stop engine then check
warning unit setting.

OK
Warning light out.
Suspect genuine
original
overheat,
Reject engine.

Setting
Reject

OK
correct.
engine

OK
Warning light out.
Engine serviceable

Not OK
Change warning unit,
then ground run at
95% rev/min.
for 2 min.
for
and 100% rev/min.
1 min.
Not OK
Warning light on.
Reject engine.

71-00
Page 114
Dec.79

MAINTENANCE MANUAL

POWER

1. Unit
A.

SERVICING

Servicing

power

Prepare

for

plant

service

static

remained

to

Gain

(2)

Remove

air

masking

tape) from

power

Check

the installation

for

(3)

as

and

exhaust

plant
fuel

installed

in aircraft,

have

which

plant.

and
covers,
installation.
and

standby

leaks,

oil

any

temporary

corrosion

blanks

and

damage;

(e.g.

rectify

necessary.

(4)

Replenish

(5)

Prime

(6)

Complete
RUNNING

67

zone

intake

prolonged

1 of the power

(1)

access

after

is applicable
to engines
for more
than 28 days.

procedure

This

NOTE:

Sept.

PLANT

engine
engine

oil

oil

system

system

as
(see

necessary

Chapter

72 LUBRICATION

Chapter

PLANT
Test B of POWER
(See chapter
71).
TESTS

(See

ADJUSTMENT/TEST

12 ENGINE

OIL).

SYSTEM).
-

GROUND

71
Pre30l

-00

H mm
MAINTENANCE

POWERPLANT

MANUAL

REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

1. Remove power plant

MAINTAINAN INVENTORYOF ALL TOOLS, STORESANDEQUIPMENTUSED BY
PERSONSACTIVELYEMPLOYED
ON, OR IN THE VICINITY OF, TURBO-JET
SMALLOBJECTS SUCHAS SPLIT PINS MAY
INGESTIONOF
ENGINES. THE
A PIPE OR OTHERCOMPONENT
SERIOUSLYDAMAGE
AN ENGINE. WHENEVER
IS REMOVED,IMMEDIATELY
FIT A BLANKTO THE APERTURE.

CAUTION:

A. Prepare

to remove power plant

Special

tools

and equipment

sling

Power plant

25Y27A

..

of mobile hoisting
gear or ensure
(1) Arrange for attendance
positioned
beneath an overhead hoisting
gantry.
Working Load'

NOTE : Hoisting gear must have a 'Safe

than 1200 lb.
(2) Prepare and position
or engine.
NOTE : There are
The latter
(3) Position

to receive

an empty stand

three types of stand

will

and prepare

carry

a complete

and chock wheels

NOTE : If aircraft

is on jacks,

the appropriate

electrical
power supplies
(4) Isolate
(see Chapter 24, GENERAL).

WARNING:

1.t.

of not less

the removed power plant

transit,

parking
plant.
power

fore

and servicing.

and aft.

use wing steadies.

(b) Ensure air intake blanks,

bleed valve and exhaust
both before and after removal of cowlings.

(5) Disconnect
removed.

capacity

is

aircraft.

(a) Apply brakes

(c) Check that

aircraft

LP and HP fuel

ignition

are fitted

cocks are off.

to the high energy

to high energy

input

covers

units

ignition

units

of power plant

to be

THE ELECTRICALDISCHARGEFROMHIGH ENERGYEQUIPMENTIS

POTENTIALLYLETHAL. DO NOT HANDLEHT LEADSOR IGNITER
PLUGS FOR AT LEAST ONE MINUTEAFTER DISCONNECTIONOF LT
INPUT.

(6) Uncowl the power plant.

(a) Open both hinged

cowls.

71-00
Page 401
June 76(Z)

BRITISH
BAe 125 AIRCRAFT

...Remove

pLant

power

(b)

Disconnect

(c)

Remove

(d)

Left

(e)

Remove

(f)

Right

cooLing
bottom

front
only

inboard

starter/generator.

breather

Disconnect

a.c.
generator
from fLush air

top

cowL and

(h)

Remove

the

top

and

hose

from

bottom

front

cowL.

cowL.

hinged

Remove

hinged

outboard
bottom

fiLLet

inLet
cooLing air
inLet from top coWL.

cowL together.

shroud

paneLs.

1. DO NOT ATTEMPT TO REMOVE THE JET PIPE COWL UNTIL THE

THERMOCOUPLE LEADS HAVE BEEN DISCONNECTED.

2.

(7)

Position

(8)

Inhibit
the
BRISTOL).

HYDRAULIC PUMP QUILL SHAFT IS TO BE REMOVED AND ATTACHED

PUMP
EXTERNALLY TO ENGNE IN A SUITABLE CONTAINER.
APERTURE SHOULD THEN BE COVERED WITH AN APPROVED BLANK.

a drip

If

at

cowL.

(g)

Ng]l

inLet

air

Disconnect
engine
onLy
Mod 25/1911
onLy, drain

and,

this
(9)

continued

engine

CAUTION

AEROSPACE
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

beneath

tray

engine

fueL

system

the

engine.
(Chapter

desired,
or if the engine
is
operation
may be compLeted

Isotate
aLL eLectricaL
GENERAL).

power

suppLies

20,

STORES DATA

damaged and cannot

removaL.
after
to the

power

SPECIAL,

R.R.

be rotated,

pLant(s)

(Chapter

24,

electricaL

B.Disconnect

connections

CAUTIO_y : PRE-MOD 25/1952 AFTER DISCONNECTING CABLES ENSURE THAT THEY ARE
EASILY IDENTIFIABLE;
IF NECESSARY, TO AVOID ERRORS WHEN
RECONNECTING,

(1)

Disconnect
engine.

NOTE

cabLes

FIT

from

IDENTIFICATION

TAGS.

starter/generator

and secure

them clear

of

If power
in situ,
disconnect
pLant is to be stripped
the
terminat
cables
from the engine
starter/generator
thermaL switch
bLock and then remove thermaL switch.
Mod. 251800 onLy
it is
bLock.
cabLes from terminaL
to disconnect
unnecessary
-

71-00
125 NM/SE

Printed

in EngLand

Page 402
Jan.87(Z)

BRITISH
BAe 125 AIRCRAFT

...Remove

(2)

(3)

(4)

power

continued

plant

Right
engine
generator.

only

windshieLd

engine
If replacement
plant
onLy
power
disconnect
harness
from synchronizer
socket

LKEEji

Left

ReLease

cLips

(6)

Disconnect

from

cLips

both 1.t.
harness
secure
to engine.

Disconnect

Mod.

cables

on

plugs

KD);:

One

on

right

Right

engine

only

from
-

cLamp bLock

beneath

rear

the

primer

engine,

of

two

Left

and

pLugs.
air

cLamp at

Disconnect

from

cowl.

igniter

both

cable

pLugs.

at

one beneath
face of rear

top of engine,
on Lower front
Leads

Disconnect

cabLes

Firewire

h.t.

Disconnect
(a)

connector
housing.

four

corrector
unit.

and free

of engine

top

252367 onLy
Disconnect
the eLectricaL
shut-off
on the 1.p. fiLter
valve
actuator
the

a.c.

cowL.

nose
at

supply

devoid of
corrector

is

(5)

(8)

from

cabtes

Disconnect

unit

from

(7)

AEROSPACE
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

tapping

eLbow.

ignition

and

securing

engine,

Firwire

cabLes.
(9)

Disconnect

engine

centre

(10)

Move

(11)

Disconnect

eLectricaL

Stacken
withdraw
NOTE

(13)

C.Disconnect

(1)

Disconnect

from

TAKE-OFF

access
situ
and

repLacement
mechanicaL
fire

interior

to

of

jet

terminaL

both

bLocks

Leads to jet
the engine.

pipe

fairing

via

fi

on

ttet.

FITTING

UN

fairing;

pipe

panet.

eLectricat
from differentiaL
harness
disconnect
disconnect
extension
transfer
Lead from harness;
pLant.
power
-

connections
extinguishant

hose

from

spray

71-00
125 MM/SE

beneath

block

LEADS FROM TERMINATION

boLts on cLamp, securing

harness
to
Leads Leaving them attached
Gain

terminal

of engine.

harness

DO NOT DISCONNECT
HARNESS.

If stripping
in
pressure
switch

Lead to

system cabLes from

washers
and nuts.

cLear

wiring

thermocoupLe

CAUT_ION_:

(12)

turbine
overheat
refit
section,

ring

around

nose

cowl.

Page
Printed

in EngLand

403

Jan.87(Z)

BRITISH AEROSPACE
BAe 125 AIRCRAFT

(2)

engine

CAUTION

throttle
rods.

Disconnect
vertical
(a)

Right

(b)

Left

(a)

onty

engine

Disconnect

securing

(d)

Support

pump

(9) AppLicable
Ignore
the
'Connect

(10)

Disconnect

(11)

Left

engine

beLL crank

intake

switch

pressure

if

hoses,

controts

Lower ends

at

of

split

pins.

pipe.

Disconnect
generator.

clear

of

windshields

and nuts

washers

suppLy

a.c.

generator

hydraulic

and withdraw

pump.

installation.

1.

DO NOT KINK HOSES OR ALLOW THEM TO CARRY WEIGHT OF PUMP.

2.

HYDRAULIC PUMP QUILL SHAFT IS TO BE REMOVED AND ATTACHED

EXTERNALLY TO ENGINE IN A SUITABLE CONTAINER.
PUMP
APERTURE SHOULD THEN BE BLANKED WITH APPROVED BLANK.

loss

power

jet

air

tabwashers.

Discard

drain

onty
at
pipe

Remove

(8) Remove
Leads.

cock

fueL

Discard

gland

(c)

Disconnect

from

pump.

engine
(b) Right
cooLing air

(7)

h.p.

only

hydrautic

hose

ADAPTER WITH SPANNER WHEN SLACKENING HOSE NUTS.

and

engine

CAUTION

doWn

pipe.

HOLD FILTER

pipe

seat.

disconnect

cLamps and

Stacken

and push

pin

fuet feed hose (and differential

from 1.p. filter.
in situ)

Disconnect
stripping

(6) Remove

only

breather

casing

(5)

two bolts
at upper
end,
push
tower end
twist
plate
and withdraw
pipe
locking
Discard
seats.

joint,

Remove quick-release
Discard
with
engine.

Right
engine
only
out of engagement

Right

blanks.

fit

and

Remove

(b)

(4)

pipe

Left
engine
only
of pipe
into sliding
from the aircraft.

(a)

(3)

air

cabin

Disconnect

MAINTENANCE MANUAL

pipe

indicator

fai ring,

if
only
remaining
stinging

at

adaptor

on

thermocoupte

fouting

rear

cowl.

flexible

take-off

power

plant
is to be removed
as a complete
unit
para.D.
operations
of this
para.
and proceed
with
gear
and lower power plant.

Loss

power

avoid

hose

indicator

Disconnect
only
and engine
Levers;
-

hose

at

adapter

cross-over
horizontal
discard
split
pins

on

engine
control

and tab

exhaust.

rods
washers.

from

71-00
71-00
125 MM/SE

Page
Printed

in EngLand

404

Jan.87(Z)

BRITISH
BAe 125 AIRCRAFT

...Remove
(12)

(13)

power

continued

plant

engine
onLy
casing;
compressor

Left

tab

discard

cooting

(a)

Remove

(b)

Stacken

(c)

Withdraw

(d)

Remove

controL

Disconnect

bLock

beLL crank

from

casing.

outtet

duct.

intet

air

rod

washers.

and air

starter/generator

Remove

AEROSPACE
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

cLamp ring.
starter/generator.
nuts

washers

and

and

casing

withdraw

exhaust

with

duct

intact.
(14)

(15)

Right

onty

engine

(a)

Stacken

cLamp ring

(b)

Discard

0-ring

(b)

drain

tank.
to pipe.

drains
items

Right

drain
at
the drains
tank
fitter.

Primer

(c)

252567

Mod.

generator

withdraw

shaft.

quiLL

pipes.

Centre-section

(a)

and

generator.

seat.

drain

Disconnect

a.c.

Remove

vaLve and,
at drain
disconnect
engine
onty

tank
drains
and shut-off

engine
banjo,
vaLve connection

and Mod.252367
onLy,
fuet
of the L.P.

and

drain

Primer

252367 onLy, at
other
cLips securing

Mod.

intet

at

and

outtet

drain

of primer

vaLve.
(d)

Drain

from

b.f.c.u.

(e)

Drain

pipe

at

(f)

Engine

(g)

Left

(h)

Exhaust

(16)

Stacken

(17)

Remove
NOTE

breather

hot

cone

air

at

onLy

engine

retaining

oiL

drain,
nuts

tapping

at

b.f.c.u.

tank

fiLLer

engine

and

neck,

and

fuet

access

sLide

corrector

guard

eLbow from

in

panet

off

engine.

CLean jointing
compound (See Chapter
faces
from engine
and eLbow mounting
pLant.
reptacement
power

71-00
125 NM/SE

tank.
pump.

banjo.

Synchronizer

via

drains

and

drain

unit

rear

cowL.

compressor
Discard

71
and

pipe.

seat

and

SERVICING

retain

vaLve.

bLeed

air

bLank.

fit

MATERIALS)

eLbow for

the

Page
Printed

in

Engtand

405

Jan.87(Z)

mm

MAINTENANCE MANUAL

...Remove

power plant

continued
-NOTE
STATIMETER INDICATES APPROX.
AO b WHEN WNEIGTEOF POWER

Power plant
Fig

slinging
.401

71-00
Page 406
Dec.31/64

BRITISH AEROSPACE
BAe 125 AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

...Remove

pLant

power

fire

(18)

Disconnect

(19)

Remove nose
(a)

continued

extinguishant

from

pipe

side

Left

engine.

of

cowl:-

Disconnect

bonding

clamp

and

Wire

anti-icing

linking

duct

to nose

harness

at

COWL.

(20)
(21)

(b)

ReLease fire
of engine.

(c)

ReLease

cowL and

Discard

seat.

nose

Remove

extinguishant

cowL anti-icing
fuel

Disconnect

pressure

and

anti-icing

duct.

engine

and discard

seaL.

switch

hoses

from

duct

differentiaL

bracket

to disengage

forward

ease

support

pipe

1.p.

from

top

fuel

filter.
CAUTION

HOLD FILTER

(22)

Mod. 252367 only

PRIMER DRAIN).

(23)

Remove
(a)

rear

Remove

(b) Ensure

(d)

Remove

rear

Remove

the cowl
take-off

Remove cLosure
front
mounting
NOTE_

botted

valve

in front

pressure

switch

(see

move

it

71)

Chapter

from the
leads.

plate
Remove closure
from
further
tighten
and bolts,

engine:

take-off

exhaust

with

leads

are

assembLy.

front
mounting

secure

the

fouting

avoid

firewire

face and
mounting
bolts
to 150-170

distance

washers,

pieces

and

and

fit slave
1bf.in.
plate

closure

to engine.

outboard

to

the

complete

seat.

pLate from outboard

bracket.
Tighten

Place
spring
boLts,
in a cLean bag and

tank

flexible

from

rearward

type

ring

piston

drains
hoses.

of

and

harness

thermoccupLe
the engine.

cowL and

Release

fLexibLe

(25)

pLate,

access

(c)

(e)

shut-off

primer

cowt:-

that
the
taped to

firmLy

(24)

Remove

differentiaL

fuet

ADAPTERS WITH SPANNER WHEN SLACKENING HOSES.

trunnion

150 to

170

refit

mounting;

1bf.

washers

in.

-:

NOTE

new tabwashers
to the opposite

Use

refitted
repLacement
appropriate.

engine

or

if engine
is
position.
handed
opposite
side of

71-00
125 MM/SE

serviceable
Transfer
a rehanded

is being
cLosure
plate

and

engine

to

as

Page
Printed

in England

407

Jan.87(Z)

BRITISH AEROSPACE
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

BAe 125 AIRCRAFT

...Remove
D

continued

plant

power

t s Lil iULe y

.91101c

(1)

Position

(2)

Attach

hoisting

(3)

Connect

sLing

(4)

Position
postion.

(5)

Take

Disconnect

(7)

Disconnect
of
clear
Ease

(9)

Lower

to front

of

empty

both

engine

main

pLant

power

away

pLant

power

from

(11)

Move

pLant

clear

power

(13)

If

instaLlation
900Lb.

approx.

POWER

at

engine:

pivot

Links

only

discard

of

it

the

prepared

the

excLuding

hoist

main

mount

stand.

operator.

IS

NOT DAMAGED.

duct

conditioning

air

from

at

connection

seat.

pLant was
operations

If replacement
apertures
Left

in

the

aircraft.

Remove

to disengage

fiLlet

engine.

removed

reLevant
of
POWER PLANT BUILD LIST).
(14)

the

ENSURE ELECTRICAL WIRING

engine

power

from

two men,

required

sLing

fitLet;

registers

links

mounting

and secure

Disconnect

Right

to

adjacent

(Fig.401).

mount.

(10)

(12)

stand

Statimeter

untit

of engine

points

engine.

This

CAUTION

gear.

OPERATES CURRECTLY.

sLinging
pLant

power

pLant

power

front

the
:

and rear

hoisting

CHECK THAT MOUNTS FROM THE ONLY CONNECTION BETWEEN

PLANT AND AIRFRAME.

the
trunnion.

NO_TE

to hook of

CHECK THAT THE STATIMETER

weight

(6)

(Fig.401).

sLing

prepared

CAUTION

e r- JLLA L

[pgr.19]

gear

pLant

power

CAUTION

(8)

as
para.C.

power plant
is
open on aircraft

a compLete
or

not

unit
to 'strip
-

refer

Strip
power

pLant
in
pLant'

power

(see

avaiLabte
immediateLy,
blank att
as the result
of removing
the power

pLant.
(15)

inspection
unserviceable

Obtain

cLearance

the

power

power

for

plant

aLL parts
which have been
are to be fitted
to the

and

removed
from
repLacement

plant.
End
Pages

of

'Remove

power

pLant'

409 to 420 intentionaLLy

omitted.

71-00
71-00
125 MM/SE

Printed

in England

Page 408
Jan.87(Z)

MAINTENANCE

Power

plant

power

2. Install
Materials

For

Removal/Installation

:-

jointing

lubricants,

to install

A. Prepare
:

Remove

(4)

loading

figures

if an

is

being

build

plant

that

cone

is complete

have

may

or

available

are

accumulated

that the
for

ready

Move

(6)

If building

between

been

power

stand

plant

in

drive

also

drive

shaft.

(7)

Right

engine

(8)

Fit

(9)

Lubricate
bolts and

the power

(2)

Attach

hoisting
power

CAUTION
(3)

Connect

(4)

Take
CRION

aircraft

gear,

slinging

Position

bolt
bearing

shouldered
spherical

sling

weight
:

and

CHECK

to front

gear

THAT
and

box

from

lubricant
If replacement

of old

spirit.

to

duct

engine

starter/generator

is

extension

do
mounting,
of main
engine

to

is ready
power

duct

aircraft

of front

socket

secure

receive

not

in fillet.

tighten

engine

clamp.

link

mounting

mounting.

the power

plant.

plant

401).

to hook

sling

Maintenance

air.

nut

and

(Fig.

conduit

position.

traces

starter/generator;

and

gear

plant

white

from

installation

raise

all

using

conditioning

to

duct

inlet

air

remove

situ,

air

available,
of the engine
one power
plant

harness

in the

specified

to installation

adjacent

compressed

Fit

plant

is

clearance.

checks,

lubricant

with
-

in the

satisfactorily.

shaft,

old

Dry

that the

Check

(1)

clean
only

cooling

is

the

quoted

components,

loops
of thermocouple
0, 20 + 0. 050 in.

completed

and

starter/generator
new

skin

on

assembly.

rear

pre-installational

plant

power

inspection

receive

outer

that any
Verify
have
Schedule,

B. Connect

which

matter

plant

list'

clearance

exhaust

(5)

(10)

used

foreign

must

another

Check

not

MATERIALS.

SERVICING

assemble
plant servicing
stand
is available,
If a power
installation.
or parking
stand
before
If a transit
only
plant
the build of the power
after
installation
complete
unit.
Items
which
are
to be transferred
from
change

and

71,

spanner

that the power

to
(3)

Chapter

see

plant

dirt or
fillet.

any
or

Check
'Power

NOTE

etc.

quoted
loadings
required;
are
the actual
spanner
between
the torque
and the item
tightened,
calculate
torque spanner
dial reading
required
the correct
Chapter
20,
(see
TORQUE
LOADING).

torque

All

cowlings

(2)

compounds,

power

extension

(1)

continued

plant

required

NOTE

MANUAL

of hoisting

STATIMETER
rear

of power

plant

DO NOT

ATTEMPT

until

slinging

gear.
OPERATES

CORRECTLY.

points.

Statimeter
TO LIFT

registers

POWER

approx.

PLANT

900 lb.
AND

STAND.

71-00
Page 421
Mar.74

ma

MANUTEMANCEMANUAi

power plant

...Install

continued

(5) Applicable
only when using power plant
plant from stand.

servicing

stand

Release

power

(a) Disconnect front mount.

(b) Disconnect
both main engine mounting links;
pivot links clear.
(c) Ease power plant away from stand, to disengage main mount trunnion,
and move stand clear of power plant.

transit

only when using

(6) Applicable
from stand.
(a) Disconnect
(b) Raise

or parking stand

stand from trunnion mount spigots

power plant

(c) Pre-mod CV.7096

fit closure plate
approved jointing
fit closure plate,
pieces.
distance

(d) Pre-mod CV.7096

mounts are clear

until

Remove slave

Release

and front

mount.

of stand.
from engine

and

apply
to outboard front mounting position;
compound to closure plate and to mounting face,

and

mounting bracket

front

using front mounting bolts,

spring
Tighten bolts to 150 to 170 lbf.in.
-

power plant

Fit

slave

front

mounting

bracket

washers

to transit

and
stand.

closure plate (transferred from removed power plant)

to outboard
trunnion mounting- apply approved jointing compound to closure plate
and to mounting face and fit closure plate,
using trunnion mounting
bolts and two new double tabwashers.
Tighten bolts to 150 to 170 lbf.
in. and engage tabwashers.

(e) Fit

(f)

Check inboard

trunnion mounting bolts

are correctly

fitted

and locked

with tabwashers.
(7) Raise

power plant

NOTE : This requires

and secure

in mounts.

two men, excluding

the hoist

operator.

(a) Engage spigot on main engine mounting trunnion; ensure top mounting
link does not foul engine.
(b) Fit bolt to connect top and bottom mounting lin'ks to engine.
(c) Fit bolt to connect front mount to engine.
(8) Fit nuts to bolts of main engine mounting link
Tighten each nut and lock with a split
pin.
(9) Disconnect

slinging

and front

mount bolt.

gear.

This space intentionally

left

blank.

71-00
Page 422
Dec.79

BRITISH AEROSPACE
BAe 125 AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

...Instalt

NOTE

(2)

connection

If the power pLant was instatted

as a complete
unit
operations
(1) to (12);
they witL have been completed
installation.

engine
onLy
cross-over
controL

Left

controt

Fit

beLL crank

rod

beLL crank

(b)

green)
fuel cock
throttle
rod (painted
and h.p.
Fit
black)
Levers using a boLt
to beLL crank and engine
and a bott,
for each connection
Washer,
to the engine
spLit
pin at beLL crank
Levers.

Fit

starter/generator

block

and secure

and

Check doweL holes

are cLean.

air

with

tab

in engine

face

mounting

Lubricate

(b)

Fit
casing,
complete
downward and Locating

(c)

special
Fit
spring
washers
and nuts
(fLat
torque Load nuts to 140-160Lb.in.
casing)

(d)

Pre Mod. 257127

Pack starter/generator
with Lubricant.
grease
sleeve

(e)

Mod.

(f)

Lubricate

(g)

Fit
starter/generator
cLamp nut to 120Lb.in.

257127 only
starter/generator

engine
Lubricate

(b)

Lubricate
with air

125 MM/SE

threads,
starter/generator

(a)

71-00

with
with air duct,
dowets engaged.

outLet

exhaust

duct

faces

of nuts

casing

new 0-ring
pack retainer

Lubricate
and
grease
retainer;

fit

contact
splines.

of attachment

faces

and air

inLet

with

duct

When finalLy
gap between
-

Fit

and fit
new quilt
intet
duct

torque

tightened

the cLamp ends

suppLy

Windshield

a new 0-ring
shaft,
facing

towards
shaft

seat to the
with Lubricant.
cLamp,

aLigned;

to correct
must be 0.052
a.c.

facing

drive

1. Ensure
that
the engine
gearbox
accessory
starter/generator
aperture
is wiped cLean
residuaL
oit or contaminate
before
the
starter/generator
is fitted.

onty

rod (painted
and tab washer
nut and

and air

extension

boLts.

and

threads.

stud

2.
Right

washers

casing.

outtet

(a)

NOTE

to

prior

and horizontaL

bLock

Fit

ignore

rods.

(a)

NOTE

(3)

continued.

mechanical

C.Connect

(1)

pLant

power

and

torque

Load

to remove

any

the
in.

Loading,
to 0.285

generator.

seat.

fit quiLL shaft

and aLign generator
doWeL engaged.
inboard
and Locating

423
Jan.87

Page

AEROSPACE

BRITISH

BAe 125 AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

...InstalL

(4)

pLant

poWer

(c)

Lubricate

(d)

Secure

threads
with

Fit

rear

cowL.

(a)

Tape

the
Fit

rear

the

Complete

positioning

and boLts.

the tape

Remove

(f)

Secure
access
and hoses,
in

Connect
Tighten

(6)

Fit
compressor
washers.
Ensure

tapping

elbow
threads.

air

(b)

AppLy approved
section
centre

Fit

nose

(a)

Lubricate
anti-icing

Fit

to adaptor

hose

the
assembly.

using

to the

stiffnuts

engine.

switch
and boLts.

pressure

washers

on engine

plain

exhaust.
and profile

of guard.

to top

to engine.

jointing
fit

compound

to matting

faces

eLbow with

spring

of

the elbow

and

and secure

tab and

and nuts.

washers

on the

another,

Left

cable.

to 70 to 80Lbf.in.

Load nuts

cowL.
and fit
duct.

Offer
up nose
with
to engine
NOTE

to

firmLy

using

Leads

differential
using pLain

stud carries
a wire-Locking
a clip for the igniter
engine,

Torque

(c)

with
tank

One

(d)

Leads

and secure,

take-off

the flexible

attached

after

casing.

new gasket

Using
:

is

take-off

assembly

vaLve guard

bleed

seat

Lubricate

(b)

exhaust

paneL, compLete
front
of drains

air

(a)

NOTE

of
holding

to generator

seaL.

type

power

Fit

(c)

hose

to 55 to 60Lb.in.

avoid fouting
assembly,
Leads, up to the exhaust

ring

Loss indicator
and wire-Lock.

(5)

(8)

piston

rear

washers

Load cLamp nut

flexible

harness

cowL over the exhaust

take-off
and flexibLe

(e)

NOTE

torque

and

the thermocouple
engine.

Fit

(d)

cLamp ring

cLamp.

of

Fit

firewire
(c)

faces

and contact

air inLet duct and connect

installation
of top coWL.

NOTE

(b)

(7)

continued

fire

attachment

Do not

new seats
Position

cowL, engage
stiffnuts

tighten

extinguishant
boLts at

and
to front
duct in engine.

anti-icing
and boLts.

boLts
pipe,

left

side

untit

duct,
completion

mounting
of

rear

clip,

joint

of engine

and assembLy
of

(c)

bracket

and

nose

cowl

(d).

on nose

cowL

engine.

71 00
-

71-00
125 MM/SE

424
Mar.87(Z)
Page

H ms
MAINTENANCE

power plant

...Install

(d) Attach
(e)

continued

harness

Connect

to nose cowl attachment

and clip

bonding wire

(10) Mod.252367 only

Fit

spray

primer

shut-off

and wire-lock

tighten

to left

pipe

drain

at top of engine.

bolt

nose cowl to anti-icing

and clamp linking

(9) Connect fire extinguishant

pipe nut and wire-lock.

(11) Connect,

MANUAL

valve

side

of engine.

duct.

Tighten

71, PRIMER DRAIN).

(see Chapter

pipes.

drain to drain valve and mod.252367 only, to forward

(a) Centre-section
face of drains tank.
On right engine only, connect and tighten clip
linking Firewire
connector to drain pipe.
(b) Primer

drain

to drains

tank and engine

primer drain
(c) Mod.252367 only
connection
at L.P. fuel filter.
-

Drain pipe to oil tank filler

neck and fuel pump drive
lock each end.
pump when fitting
(Connect to hydraulic

(f)

Left engine

(g)

Engine breather
with cowling.

only

Synchronizer

To engine,

(j) Exhaust
(12) Connect

Connect cabin

unit

do not wire-lock

Fuel 1.p.

hose to spray

fire
air

corrector

warning

valve

gland; wirepump).

drain.
until

switch.

both ends.

pipe

is aligned

Do not wire-lock

yet.

Wire-lock.

cone drain.

flexible

both ends.

tank; wire-lock

and drains

(e)

(h) Pre mod.252085 only

(13)

to b.f.c.u.

wire-lock

tank and shut-off

at drains

(d) Drain from b.f.c.u.

banjo;

pipe

(see

Chapter

ring

nose cowl; wire-lock.

around

21- PIPES AND DUCTING Fig.201).

-

(a) Left engine only

Lubricate
and fit new 0-ring seals,
to each end of
end of pipe into aircraft
Insert
lower (waisted)
duct and
pipe.
push upper end in engine air tapping elbow.
Fit
engage locking plate,
bolts and stiffnuts
to top end. Tighten top bolts.
-

Lift pipe into engagement

engine only
pin.
tapping elbow and engage quick-release

(b) Right

Connect and tighten

(14) Right engine only
Wire-lock engine adapter.
to fillet.
-

(15) Fit

hydraulic

engine

with engine

breather

hot air

to hose,

and hose

pump.
Page 425
June 76 (Z)

R ms
MAINTENANCE

...Install

power plant
(a)

(b) Lubricate
(c) Secure

continued

threads

Lubricate

quill

and fit
shaft

pump with

(d) Torque load nuts

(e) Connect

only

washers

drain
a.c.

pipe;

.p.

and fit

quill

and pump.

shaft

and nuts.

Assemble
(18) Mod.252367 only
valve.
primer shut-off

air

inlet

clip

to drain

to a.c.

duct

hose and differential

'P'

wire-lock.

generator

and tighten fuel feed

wire-lock.
filter;

(17) Connect
to 1

grease

to 70 to 80 1b.in.

Fit

new gasket.

with

spring

and tighten

(16) Right engine

MANUAL

pipe

pressure
at outlet

generator.
switch

hoses

end of the

NOTE: Bolt the clip 'back to back' with the clip on the differential
switch hose ensuring hose is clear of pipe assembly.
(19) Connect throttle
and h.p. fuel cock controls
at lower ends of inboard
use bolts and new tab washers.
Left
vertical
rods.
Right engine
with heads between levers)
engine
use bolts (fitted
washer, nut and
split
pin.
-

of controls

and functioning

(20) Check rigging

(21) Connect and tighten

wire-lock.

power loss

indicator

(see
hose

76, POWERCONTROL).

Chapter

to adapter

on rear

cowl;

exercising
care not to foul the taped back
(22) Fit jet pipe fairing;
take-off leads.
take-off
Remove the tape from the flexible
flexible
between thermocouple harness conduit and fairing
leads and check clearance
frame is not less than 0.25 in.
NOTE:

D. Connect

if necessary

Dress fairing

electrical

Left

cables

only

engine
engine

this

clearance.

connections

(1) Connect and secure

terminal block.
Right

to obtain

only

secure
ensure

to starter/generator
cable
cable

support

and fit

sheath

rubber

clamp to base of fuel

terminal lugs will

not foul

over

filter.

the cowling.

the tip
Lubricate
(2) If the power plant is being built up in the aircraft
thermal switch, fit switch and then
pre mod.
of the starter/generator
251800 only
connect cable to engine terminal block.
-

7100
Page 426
June 76 (Z)

H ms
MAdNTENANCE

...Install

power plant

MANUAL

continued

connect harness socket to synchronizer

(3) Left engine only
corrector
if replacement
unit has been fitted.

corrector

connect and secure

(4) Right engine only
cables to clips on nose cowl.
-

to a.c.

cables

(6) Connect

and tighten

Firewire

cable

and secure

generator

(5) Connect and secure both 1.t. harness plugs at top of engine.
cables are supported
in clips clear of engine.

unit,

Ensure

plugs.

(a) One at top of engine.

rear

(b) One beneath

(c)

Two, left

and right

(7) Mod.252367 only

actuator
on 1.p.

only

on lower front

face

of rear

leads

h.t.
Ensure

to both igniter
is supported

cable

cowl.
shut-off

to primer

Connect electrical
connector
fuel filter
housing.

(8) Connect and secure

Left engine
elbow.

of compressor.

valve

plugs.
in clamp at hot air

tapping

WARNING: THE ELECTRICALDISCHARGEFROMHIGH ENERGYEQUIPMENTIS

LETHAL. ENSURELT INPUT IS DISCONNECTED
POTENTIONALLY
BEFORE
HANDLINGHT LEADS.
(9) Connect and secure
Firewire cables.
(10) Connect
beneath
(11)

beneath

clamp block,

and secure turbine overheat

engine centre section.

engine,

system

ignition

securing

cables

to terminal

power plant in situ,

If building
connect extension
lead
harness to fuel differential
pressure
connect electrical

block

to harness

(13) Tighten
(14) Check all

clamp on jet
wiring

(15) Check Firewire

metallic parts

pipe fairing

is adequately
system element
of engine.

take-off

to secure
secured,

is correctly

leads

harness

use local

and

switch.

(12) Feed thermocouple harness leads through clamp on jet pipe fairing
secure leads to terminal blocks on fillet;
stack leads correctly
ANDCABLES).
Chapter 77, THERMOCOUPLES
NOTE: Pre mod.CV 7127
Connect harness
thermocouple harness, wire-lock.

and

to links

and
(see
on

leads.
band clips

supported

as necessary.

and insulated

from

Page 427
June 76 (Z)

U ms

MANUAL

MONTENANCE

...Install

power plant

E. Prepare

for

flight

(1) Prime engine

(2) Replenish

clearance
oil

d.c.
engine

oil

system

system

fuel

power plant
etc.

(6) Place

trays beneath

72, LUBRICATIONSYSTEM).

(Chapter

12, SERVICING ENGINE OIL).

to the power plant(s)

power supplies

(5) Check that

materials,
drip

(Chapter

system

engine

(3) Restore
(4) Bleed

continued

(Chapter

24, GENERAL).

73, ENGINE FUEL ANDCONTROL GENERAL).

installation

is clean

of jet

rear

(Chapter

pipe

and free

from tools,

and engine

drain

servicing

pipes.

one wet (with 1.p. and h.p. fuel cocks open)

(7) Complete two motoring cycles,
Ground running
and one dry (Chapter 71, POWER PLANT Adjustment/Test,
general,
para.3).
-

NOTE:

of primer solenoid
During first
motoring cycle check functioning
by feel,
check for evidence of fuel and oil leaks and check
functioning
of drains system.
Check correct
Mod.252367 only
device
valve by the "see-feel"
-

of primer
functioning
on top of the actuator.

After dry motoring c.ycle ensure that the jet pipe

cowlings around the drains and the ground beneath
are free from fuel.
(8) Connect

and secure

1.t.

to high energy

input

ignition

shut-off

the
fairing,
the installation

units.

(Chapter
(9) Complete high power performance
tests of power plant installation
Ground running tests).
71, POWERPLANT Test 1B of Adjustment/Test
-

(10) Calibrate
system
exhaust gas temperature indicating
INDICATION.
Chapter 77, EXHAUSTGAS TEMPERATURE
(11) With engine static,
service
the lubrication
filters
(Chapter 72, LUBRICATIONSYSTEM).
(12) Replenish
(13) Fit
(a)

all

engine
cowlings

oil

system

and access

only

Engine

pressure

running,

see

and scavenge

system.
panels.

Connect cooling air inlet duct to starter/generator

bottom front cowl, lubricate
and use new seal.

(b) Left engine

cowl.

Connect

and tighten

breather

after

fitment

hose to bottom

of

front

71-00
Page 428
June 76 (Z)

H ms
MAINTENANCE

.Install

power plant

continued

After
(c) Right engine only
cooling air inlet to a.c.
flush air inlet.
-

(14) Check alignment

of drain

(15) Finally

only

fitment of top cowl connect and tighten

generator
and, Mod.25/1911 only, drain to

pipes

and wire-lock

Wire-lock

(a) Pre mod.252085 only.

(b) Left engine

MANUAL

Wire-lock

fuel

engine

1.p.

adapters.
warning

breather

switch

drain

pipe.

pipe.

cowl up power plant.

*

Pages 430 to 500 intentionally

omitted.

71-00
Page 429
June 76 (Z)

mm

MAJNTENANCE MANUAL

POWERPLANT

1. Ground running
A. Preliminary

procedures

General

actions

ADJUSTMENT/TEST

to ground running

prior

(headed into wind whenever possible and standing on

(1) Position aircraft
debris and dust) so that all building
concrete free from cracks, joints,
etc. which will be in line with the jet efflux are clear of the danger
zones (Fig.501).
nose gear and chock the wheels, if the aircraft
is to stand
unattached chock the wheels fore and aft and lash the chocks together.

(2) Centralize

(3) Check that landing

disconnect

gear lock pins and steering

(4) Ensure that the aircraft

has serviceable

internal

pin are fitted

batteries

and

fitted

connected.

(5) Position

serviceable

(6) Position

a suitable external
if available.

aircraft,

fire

fighting

to the aircraft.

equipment adjacent

electrical

power supply adjacent

to the

FULL THROTTLE: VELOCITY

FALLS BELOWISMPH.

FULL THROTTLE:
TEMPERATURE BELOW 30C

'

.,,

75FT

ISOFT
2039x

71 00
501
-

Danger areas

Fig.501

Page
June/68

U ms
MAINTENANCE

...Power

B.

Adjustment/Test

plant

(7)

Clear

the

(8)

Remove all covers

valve(s),
air bleed

(9)

Check

danger

engine

ground

areas

running

(Fig.501)

and blanks
and pitot

intakes

of

General

equipment

all

from engine
heads.

exhausts

and

MANUAL

are

intakes,

free

from

continued

etc.
exhausts,

fighting

This

equipment
not
must be of the mobile
type and comprise
cylinders,
nozzle.
coupled
to a remote
discharge
not less
of being
than 10 lb of CO2 and be capable

separate
contain

matter.

foreign

Fire

compressor

equipment
less

than

Each

cylinder

two
must

discharged

individually.
C. External

power

electrical

for

starting

engine

A 24-volt
starting

is unlikely
of meeting
trolley
to be capable
the engine
battery
28-volt
transformer/rectifier
demand.
An unregulated
starting
set,
provided
it does not suffer
a high voltage
A 28drop, may be satisfactory.
volt
generator
regulation,
is the ideal piece
set,
having
voltage
starting
of ground
with
this
equipment;
set a voltage
range
of between
26 to 30 volts
is acceptable.
D. Safety
(1)

precautions

during

loose

clothing
running

Hats

or

vicinity
(2)

of,

Ear

protectors

of,

running

engine

running
not

must

be worn

by persons

working

in the

or

on,

engine(s).

should

be worn

by persons

working

on,

or

in the

vicinity

engines.

(3)

Keep

(4)

engines
ground pressurization
persons
When running
during
all
tests,
of the effect
depressurization.
involved
must be aware
of an emergency

all

persons

E. Engine

handling

(1)

Item deleted.

(2)

Ventilation

If

the

otherwise

(3)

of
a.p.u.

it

clear

rear

of

equipment

is running
may

the

remain

keep
open

danger

areas.

bay

the rear
equipment
during
main engine

Intercommunication
system.
ground running,
when adjusting
or
system to maintain
the intercommunication
ground and the flight
compartment.

During

testing
close

bay

door

closed,

running.

the installation,
liaison
between

use

the

71-00
Page 502
Aug.78

HA

Of

VI

MAINTENANCE MANUAL

plant

...Power

(4)

Icing

of 4C

temperatures

60%,

above

engine

select

with

necessary,

air

ditions
for one minute
less than one minute

not
use

(5)

(6)

of anti-icing

General

continued

at

95%

below,

humidity

relative

with

ground
running.
If engine
checks
conpermissible
run
under
it is
to
icing
off
be followed
switched
This must
by
.

rev/min

switched

anti-icing

with

in oil

a rise

filter
icing
In the event
of icing being
indicated
de-ice
filter
and attempt
to clear

combined

on for

anti-icing
bleeds
off,
with anti-icing

cause

will

and

on.

The

temperature.

Fuel

Hot

j.p.t.
exceed

fuel

during

ground

If

warning.

running,
manually
persists,
stop

select
engine.

warning

starts

Starting

(7)

running

conditions

At ambient
are

ground

Adjustment/Test

with

the aircraft

During
starts,
750C (to avoid
cock
immediately

tend to increase
the starting
or tends
j.p.t.
rises
too quickly,
to
exceeds,
j.p.t.
close
the HP
the max.
limitation)
exceeding

fail
if the
and

into

wind

will

cause

investigate

Abortive
starts
If the engine
does not light up within
15 seconds
of pressing
the starter
switch
seT~eter-switeh.
close
Mod.251728
switch
engine
the HP fuel cock,
aircraft,
to stop,
for failure
After
off,
allow
the engine
check
the cause
an
to start
another
abortive
start,
before
start,
allow
attempting
excess
fuel to drain
from engine
for time
specified
in Ground
Limitations
(para
After
Running
an abortive
move
aircraft
clear
of any fuel on the ground,
or clear
start,
fuel
from ground
another
start.
before
attempting
.

.2).

starter/generator
Cooling
In the event
of three
motoring
allow
the starter/generator
Limitations
(para.2).

(8)

(9)

Throttling
Except
during
slam
operate
checks,
frequent
produces
and rapid
throttling
the life and reliability
of the engine.
ground
Excessive
j.p.t.
during
Avoid exceeding
the max.
j.p.t.
the throttle and/or
HP fuel cock.
all instances
in which
the j.p.t.
Limitations
Running
(para.2).

(10)

(11)

Compressor
In the event

the throttle

.70

out in quick
being carried
for time specified
in Ground

the throttles

thermal
Keep

slowly
stresses

ground

or stall
surge
increase
of a sudden

and/or

HP fuel

cock

and
which

succession,

Running

deliberately;
impair
may

to a minimum.

running

running

limitation,
Report
exceeds

whenever
possible,
by closing
log book,
and record,
in the engine
the limits
specified
in Ground

overheat
system
Turbine
warning
engine
occurs
If an overheat
during
running,
warning
Chapter
71,
and investigate
cause
(see
immediately

(12)

Apr

cycles

to cool

or
in j.p.t.
immediately

close
the HP fuel cock
TROUBLE
SHOOTING).

a rumbling

and

investigate

or

banging,
close
the cause.

(Y)
Page

71-00
503

iisDE

&

MAINTENANCE MANUAL

...Power

plant

(13)

Engine
Avoid

ground

Adjustment/Test

running

General

continued

pumps

fuel

operation

engine

on

suction

feed,

see

Ground

Running

Lirnitations

(para.2).
(14)

engine

(15)

time

Run down
Establish
s

initial
Investigate

on

run

and record.
any run down

Run down times

time of le ss than

may

vary

45 seconds

between
.

Prolonged
idling
prolonged
ground
at idling
there is a tendency
for the
running
speed,
During
in starter/generator
temperature
progressive
rise
to cause
the bus bar
To combat
prolonged
voltage
to drop below the required
minimum.
when
this,
(nominally
speed)
at idling
is required,
run the engine
at 45
runnirig
0
rev/min
not at the normal
idling
speed.
This
is particularly
important
electrical
power
supplies
services.
and/or
when
testing
-

(16)

(17)

order
Starting
When starting
engine
No.l.

both

engines

starting

Gust locks
Mod.251742
are
If both engines
to be run it is necessary
gust locks (see Chapter
27, GUST LOCKS)
on both engine
s

order

is engine

No.2,

to unlock
the aileron
to obtain
simultaneous

and

elevator

full

throttle

(18)

limitations
Operating
operating
Do not contravene

This

71-00
Page

the normal

space

limitations,

given

intentionally

left

in this

paragraph

and

in para.Z.

blank

May

504

72

HAWKER

SIDDELEY AVIATION

\ HS 125
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

...Power

plant

2. Ground

Adjustment/Test

ground

limitations

running

Rolls

running

Viper

Bristol

Royce

General

continued

522

A. General
NOTE

100%

equals

rev/min,

Condition

13760.

Rev/ Min

Drainage

period

abortive

start

C
j. p. t.

Max.

Time

after

1 minute
5 seconds

740-800

During
Idling

speed

Max.

governed

starts

speed

40

(at

100

+ 0
-

1013

mb.)

645

Unlimited

740

5 minutes

0.5

100 to 103

Overspeed
range
NOTE : For max.

j.p.t.

installed

20

(aircraft

see

static)

seconds

Fig.502.

B. Lubrication
Temperature

-40C

Minimum

for

starting

Minimum

for

opening
running

for
Maximum
Anti-icing

&min,

at

95%

(Oil

starting
at idling

Min,
Min.

...

to complete

Consumption
pressure

and

flight

approved

warning

27-38

CV 7291
lb/sq.in.

21-38

lb/sq

in.

temp

above

80C

15-38

lb/sq

in.

oils
switch

Pre-mod

CV 7291

80C

after
...

...

125

135C

below

...

speed

6 C

temp

3 minutes

95% (
speed

rev/min.

(Oil
& min at
Max.
rev/min.
at idling
Max,

Mod

Max.

-2

Pressure

Low

up

off
on

Anti-icing

at max,

...

setting

oil

...

in.
No limit
5 lb/ sq. in.

25 lb/sq

...

temp.
...

...

...

...

25 lb/sq.in,
No limit
5 lb/ sq, in.

See Chapter
12,
ENGINE
OIL
6 + 0.5 lb/sq.in.

SERVICING,

Continued...

Nov. 72 (Y)

71-00
Page

505

HA

DE

MAINTENANCE MANUAL

"

gggy
o le

R.RM

7 SO

.R M.

RM

7 2O

71O

67O

066o

62o

soo
-

----

s9o
.

-10

-;5

-15

-10

-5

-----

95

+IS

+1]

AMBIENT TEM ERATURE

+2O
C

ELF C-. RE iTRICTED

A.T... RestnicTeo
NOF

+25

staa
+3O

+35

+rO

+<5

8962/C
5351

NOTE
MAX. J.RT
FOR ACCEPTANCE
OF NEWLY 1NSTALLED
ENGINE
IS 725C.
SYSTEMSEE
TEMPEAATURE
'TOP
CONTROL
SYSTEM, CAL1BRATE
ENGINE
RUNNING'
FOR J PT/MILLIVOLT
EQUlVAL.ENTS
AND
PROCEDURE

71-OO
Page 506

FOR

CHECKlNG

J. P T.

J.PT acceptance

curve

aircraft

Fig. 502

static

May 67 (Y3

MAONTENANCE MANUAL

...Power

plant

Adjustment/Tes

ground

running

continued

General

C. Fuel system
Maximum fuel

temp at engine

inlet

...

...

50C

Kerosene & Widecut

300C
Avgas
See Chapter 12, SERVICING,
FUEL
3 + 0.5 lb/sq.in.
2.4 + 0.4 lb/sq.in.
-

Approved fuels
Low pressure
Differential

...

...

...

warning switch setting

pressure
switch setting

...

...

...

...

Engine operation on suction feed is limited to a total time of 5 minutes when

using Avtur or Avtag, or 3 minutes when using Avgas. The duration of any single
period must not exceed 1 minute.
D. Starter/generator
After 3 quick consecutive
for 15 minutes.

attempts

to start,

allow

Maximum load for each d.C. generators

on the ground,
150 amps for 40 minutes at 45% rev/min.
E. Top temperature

Take off datum

Climb datum

control

starter/generator

to cool

is 100 amps continuous

or

datum settings

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

735C
6750C

F. Miscellaneous
Turbine

overheat

warning setting

300C

Pages 508 to 510 intentionally

omitted

71-00
Page 507
Dec.79 (Y)

HAWKER SIDDELEY AV1ATION

HS 126
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Power

plant

3. Starting,
A. Pre

Adjustment/

stopping

Preliminary

(2)

LANDING

Hand

running

continued

motoring

preliminary

-starting

(1)

(3)

and

ground

Test

internal

actions
GEAR

check

list

to ground

prior

running

lever

selector

lever

brake

Completed
DOWN,
indicated

down

PARK,

brakes

supply

1750 Ib/ sq. in.

min.

(4)

BATTERY

(5)

Flight

compartment

NOTE

(6)

Radio

and

(7)

FIRE

bottle

(8)

EXT

FIRED

(9)

ELECTRICAL

(10)

Aug.

switch

21/64

lighting

If lighting
unnecessary

is required

accessory

electrical

selector

switches

white

use

lights.

STORM
Ensure

lights;

switch

On, cancel
CAGS.
As

off

red

lighting

emergency

systems

indicators

required

and
is off.

All

off

Guards

down

Clear

POWER

(a)

AC INV 1 and

(b)

VOLTS,

(c)

Battery

(d)

VOLTS,

(e)

Battery

(f)

FAIL

2 switches

No. 2 battery
selector

lever

No, 1 battery
selector

GEN

1 and

ground

lever
2 warning

lights

Connect

d. c.

NOTE:

power
If d. c. ground
is not
use
of the aircraft
batteries

supply

ignore
to the absolute

available

this

operation

Off, 3 fail
lights
on
24 volts

nominal

EMERGENCY
24 volts

nominal

NORMAL
On
See

24

Chapter
but limit

minimum.

71-00

(DH. 6)
Page

511

HAWKER SIDDELEY AVIATION

RS 125
MAINTENANCE

Power

stment/Test

(12)

AIR

(13)

Flaps

(14)

Engine

(15)

Emer

gency

hydraulic

(16)

Hand

electric

torch

NOTE

BRAKE

The

items

(18)

Intercom

(19)

DUMP

(20)

Emergency

(21)

Flight

71-00

continued

running

lever

lever

indicator

system

(16)

in operations

and

(17) are

stowed

VALVE

selector

exit

compartment
:

BATTERY

(passenger

compartment)

windows

DO NOT LEAVE
WEATHER.

THE

and

entrance

AIRCRAFT

Satisfactory
IN

Stowed

DOOR

OPEN

internal

check

Stowed

Wire-locked
closed

As

and

required

Off

list.

Aug.
512

Stowed

Closed
locked
.

seat.

IN INCLEMENT

preliminary

UP

switch.
of pre-starting

SHUT

....

door

adequate

the Captain's

behind

headsets

Check

extinguisher

End

Page

ground

instruments

Fire

(22)

selector

selector

(17)

CAUTION

coAden

plant

MANUAL

21/64

(DH. 6)

ms

MAUNTENANCE MANUAL

...Power

plant

Adjustment/Test

B. Pre-starting

ground

running

continued

check list

external

hand torch will

NOTE : An electric

be required

when completing

checks in the

rear equipment bay.

Mod 252367 only
A container of capacity approx. 1 Imp.gal.
4.5 litres)
is required to empty drains tank.

(1.2 US,

(1) Pre-starting

preliminary

internal

check list

left side
nose
(a) Static vent plate

(2) Fuselage

(b) Pitot

..

Completed

..

head

..

Plugs removed, vents

unobstructed.

Cover removed,
undamaged.

(c) Ventilation

intakes

(on top of nose)

(d) Nose cone

..

..

Unobstructed
Closed,

fasteners

locked.
(3) Nose gear bay
(a) Gear lock pin

..

and ventilating

(b) Cooling

(c) Hydraulic

exhaust duct

leaks

..

(4) Fuselage nose right side

(a) Nose cone fasteners

..

(b) Ground power (when available)

(c) Pitot

head

(d) Dump valve

(e) Static
(f)

..

..

..

outlet

..

vent plate

..

Emergency exit

..

Fitted
Unobstructed
Check none

Locked
Power connected,
socket undamaged.
Cover removed,
undamaged.
Unobstructed
Plugs removed, vents
unobstructed.
Locked

(5) Right wing

(a) Wing/fuselage

fillet

panel

..

Secure

71-00
Page 513
June 76(Z)

MAINTENANCE MANUAL

...Pre-starting

check list

external

continued

NOTE : While in front of aircraft

from here
See operations

check engine and heat exchanger

(6) (a) and (7) (a).

(b) Top skin access

panels

..

(c) Tank filler

cap
(d) Bottom skin access panels
centre section

..

..

..

Surge tank vent intake

(g)

Right main gear

(h) Stall

Secure
Secure

including

(e) Fuel leaks

(f)

intakes

..

..

warning vent

..

Secure
Check none
Unobstructed
Lock pin fitted,
leaks,
chock in
position.
Plugs

no

removed, vent

clean.
(j)

jack socket

Intercom

..

Satisfactory

(6) Right engine

(a) Air intake

..

(b) Exhaust

..

(c) Compressor
(d) Fire

air bleed

valve outlet

access panels

(f)

Engine oil system dipstick

(g)

Engine drains

(h) Servicing

..

vents and exhausts

(e) Atmospheric

level

tank, Mod 252367

access

(j) Fuel and oil

panels

leaks

(k) Cowlings

(1) Fillet

..

..

Cover removed, free

from foreign bodies.

Cover removed
Secure
Unobstructed
undamaged.
6 pints

..

..

..

..

..

access panels

Cover removed, free

from foreign bodies.

..

and

minimum

Operate valve to
empty tank.
Secure
Check none
Closed and locked or
open and secured as
required.
Secure

71-00
Page 514
Aug.78 (Z)

ms

MAINTENANCE

...Pre-starting

check list

external

MANUAL

continued

(7) Rear fuselage

(a) Heat-exchanger

exhaust

(b) Fuel filter

de-icing

(c) Mod 251605:

APU inlet

(d) Tail

fluid

tank contents

and exhaust

..

doors

..

cone fairing

(e) Panels,

..

and aerials

fairings

(f)

Heat-exchanger

(g)

Fire bottle
discharge

(8) Rear equipment

air

..

intake

pressure
indicators

..

Unobstructed
Adequate, tank cap and
panel secure
Open or closed
appropriate.

as

locked

Fasteners

and undamaged.

Secure

Undamaged and
unobstructed.

relief
..

Discs

intact

bay

(a) Hydraulic

accumulator,

(b) Hydraulic

reservoir

(c) Fire

..

extinguisher

emergency

..

..

bottles

..

Check pressure
1750
lb/sq.in.
min.
Check contents
appropriate
to
pressure
cap secure.
Charged,

pins flush
head.

with bottle
(d) All loose

extraneous

equipment

..

(e) Bay door

(9) Left

..

engine

..

(10) Left wing

..

End of pre-starting
external
Page overleaf intentionally

Removed
Open
Check as per
operation
(6).
Check as per
operation (5).

check list
blank.

left

71-00
Page 515
June 76(Y)

MAINTENANCE MANUAL

...Power

plant

C. Engine

list

check

starting

NOTF

ground

Adjustment/Test

running

External

an internal
Do not attempt
positively
not available.
ensure
that the condition
to be made.
a start

(1)

Pre

(2)

Fuses

(3)

Battery

(4)

BATTERY

external

-starting

and

start

Before

check

continued

internagower

or

of

the batteries

list

such

As

switch

as

power

is

start
permit

will

Completed

....

lever

selector

is

breakers

circuit

ground
internal

unless
external
attempting
an

required

NORMAL

ON (cancel
CAGS flashif starting
on internal
batteries)

....

ers

(5)

GROUND/FLIGHT

(6)

I/ C switch

(7)

TEST

(8)

switch

( Inter

(a)

FIRE

ICE

PROTECTION

(a)

ICE

-communication)

WARNING

DET,

1 and

WING,

HEADS,

TAIL

& ICE

As

ON

Check

All

....

IND.

NOTE

(9)

On internal

power,

anti-icing

indicators

valve

bell

lights

and

systems

off,

indicated

valves

PRESSN

required

engine
closed.

inoperative.

are

& AIR COND

AIR VALVE

(a)

BLEED

(b)

Mod 251600 a/c only

switch
CKPT TEMP

switches

1 and

indicators

CLOSE,

....

SHUT

for

Decrease

13 seconds
(c)

a/c
only
CLOSE
switch

CLOSE

Ensine

(10)

Apr.70

Mod 251605
APU OPEN/

(a)

Oil temperature

(b)

Oil L.P.warning

(c)

TOP

TEMPERATURE

Check

....

light

(s)
control

limits

ON

....

within

Off

(Z)

71
Page

-00

517

HAWKER

SIDDELEY

AvlATION

HS125
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

...Engine

(11) External
(a)

list

check

starting

start

only

External

turbine

Test

or

internal

power

overheat

system

warning

AC INVerter

continued

ON,

failure

lamp

warning

out.

TURBine

(b)

overheat

light

warning

(s)

(12) Throttle(s)

Check

set

(13) Fuel

levers

control

(a)

Fuel

CROSSFEED

(b)

Fuel

TR ANSFER

(c)

LP FUEL

COCK(S)

(d)

HP

FUEL

COCK(S)

(e)

LONG

(14) Check
(15) Function
NOTE
(16) FUEL

TRANSFER

selector

CLOSED

CLOSED

...

indicator

COCK
for

255640)

te

ignition

te test

switch(es)
crew

(Mod

to

member

ignition
each

FILTER

DE-ICE

(b)

FILTER

blocked

(c)

FUEL

(d)

PUMP

ON

Off

Clear

Aurally

to be

engine

checked

run.

switch(es)

light(s)

warning

LP light(s)

to be

engine

switch,

Off

....

started

TO TEST

ON

PRESS

ON,

check

warning

SYNCH

(17) Check

clear

(18) Internal

(19) ENG
NOTE

selector
:

only

for

Battery

starting
selector

If starting
SELECTED

(21)START

selector

both
red
switch

engines,

lamp

start

No.2

LP.
light out

Off
Clear
INT. START,
ABLE warning

....

switch

(20) START

71-00
Page

ground

with

start

travel,

panel

overhead

(a)

(e)

full

ON

st

check

for

closed

....

ground

with

External

and

TANK

RELIGHT
:

pedestal

valve

R ANGE

clear

centre

TO TEST

PRESS

....

1 or

2 as

AVAILlight

appropriate

first.

....

ON

to START
Press
2 seconds

for

Apr.70
518

on

(Y)

MAINTENANCE MANUAL

...

Engine
(22)

list

check

starting

S TAR T OPERATING
NOTE

Observe

CAUTION

External

pressure,

oil

rev/min

AFTER

TO DRAIN
BATTERIES

ANOTHER.START

idling,

engine

On

JPT.

and

IS NO LIGHT
15 SECONDS
OF
UP, WITHIN
INITIATING
START,
OR EXCESSIVE
JPT,
CLOSE HP FUEL
COCK,
SWITCH
ENGINE
SELECT
SWITCH
OFF AND
ENGINE
ENSUR-E

With

continued

THERE

IF

INVESTIGATE

(23)

power

internal

r light

ambe
rising

or

(a)

START

(b)

Internal

OPERATING

(c)

ENG.

(d)

START

(e)

Oil pressure

only

SELE

lamp

amber

CTED

START

ALLOW

Battery

volts

switch

selector

ABORTIVE

:-

check

start

AN

1 MIN.
IF ON INTERNAL
START,
ATTEMPTING
ARE
OK BEFORE

FOR

Out
Not more

lamp

25 volts

Off

....

red

than

Out
No min.

limit,

251b/

max.(3minutes

sq.in.

after
starting),
light
warning

1. p.
out

above

6 lb/sq.in.
645C

(f)

JPT

(g)

Engine

(h)

Fuel

flow

(i)

FAIL

GEN

speed

40

max.

+ 1
0

1013 mb.
Fig. 562

at

(j) HYDraulic

warning

lamp

pressure

Stable

Out,

generator

Rising
approx.

charging

to 3000 lb/ sq. in,

Check flow

indicated.
(k)

Apr.70

Hydraulic

(24)

To start

(25)

Internal

second

start

system

engine

only

Battery

selector

....

Functionally

check

Repeat
operations
(16) (d), (17) and
(19) to (23) inclusive
NORMAL,
light out.

warning

(Y)
Page

71-00
519

HAWKER

SIDDELEY AVIATION

HS 125
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

...Engine
(26)

list

check

starting

External

start

only

GROUND/FLIGHT

(b)

Ground

power

(27)

Battery-not

(28)

(a)

Pre

(b)

Mod 25/1335

(29)

INVERTER

(30)

After
(a)

(31)

(a)

(32)

NOTE

Page

NOT

BUS TIE

BUS

TIE

BE LIVE

start

A C GEN.

FLIGHT

Disconnected

DISCONNECTION.
.

warning

lamp

Out

Out

....

switch

CLOSE:
BUS TIE
light out,

....

On, as required
failure
warning
out
lamps

only

if right

warning

light(s)

engine

is running

...

switch

flashers

....

overheat
only

DURING

lamp

amber

PRESS

TO TEST

Hold ON until GEN

INOP lamp goes out,
trip if not required
Out, with
operative

all

of engine

starting

check

list

Apr.70
520

systems

a failure
if both or one
The CAGS will flash to indicate
if the d.c.
engine
is static,
and/or
a.c.
generators
are not
if the inverters
are not switched
functioning,
on or if a defect
exists
systems
being monitored
in any of the engine
or aircraft
33).
(Chapter

End

71-00

power

switches

TURBine

CAGS

MUST

25/1335

internal

Applicable

continued

socket

-charging

mod.

ground

power

switch

SOCKET

internal

or

Disconnect

(a)

CAUTION

External

(Z)

ms

MAINTENANCE MANUAL

...Power

ground running

Adjustment/Test

plant

check list

D. Engine stopping

NOTE: If both engines

functionally

the cut-in

stop the first

engine
pump of the engine

are running,

test the hydraulic

to cut-out

(2) AIR BRAKE

(3) Throttle(s)

...

UP

...

IN
60% rev/min.approx.
Allow j.p.t.
to stabilize.

...

(4) Radio and accessory

systems

electrical

(roof
(5) ICE PROTECTION

to be started,
running and note

time.

(1) Flaps

panel)

(7) HP FUELCOCK(S)
(8) Throttles
(9) Check run down time(s)

engine
closed.

All systems off

...

OFF

...

Closed
Compare with established
figure.

...

FAIL warnings

All off
All systems off,
valves indicated

...

(6) PRESSN & AIR COND. (roof panel)...

(10) Generator

continued

run down
below 40% rev/min.)

On (as engines

...

FAIL warnings are not displayed

If the generator
the engine
starter/generator
may be energized, therefore, select the
battery selector switch to EMERGand, on aircraft
with
Mod.251335 embodied, ensure the BUS TIE is open.
and running, shut it down.
(ii) On aircraft
with an APUfitted
shutdown of engines, accomplish
(iii) Subsequent to satisfactory
existing operations (11) to (16) inclusive.
(17 to 20) inclusive
and
(iv) Before accomplishing operations
before further
application
of electrical
power to the
aircraft,
the cause of the malfunction must be found and

NOTE : (i)

rectified.

(11) PUMPswitch(es),

engine(s)

stationary

(12) TOP TEMPERATURE

control

(13) LP FUELCOCK(S), engine(s)

NOTE :

Off

...

stationary

Aircraft with an a.p.u.

if a.p.u. is running.

Off

Off

Do not close

No.1 engine

1.p.

cock

71-00
Page 521
Aug.78 (Y)

U fas
MAINTENANCE

plant Adjustment/Test

...Power

ground

(14) BATTERYswitch
NOTE:

MANUAL

running continued
Off

...

Do not complete operation

(14) until

both engines have been

stopped.

switch
(15) GROUND/FLIGHT
(16) Fuses and circuit

...

GROUND

breakers

...

As required.

covers

...

Fit

...

Chocked.

...

Off

...

As required

(17) Engine and aircraft

(18) Landing gear wheels
(19) Handbrake lever

compartment windows and

all access doors

as necessary.

(20) Flight

disconnect

pin prior

End of stopping

check list

NOTE : Remove steering

to towing aircraft.

71 00
Page 522
Aug.78 (Y)

HA

DE

Vi

MAINTENANCE MANUAL

...Power

plant

E. Engine

Adjustment/Test

running

continued

list

check

motoring

NOTE

ground

or 'dry'
engine
cycles
for in various
and
'Wet'
motoring
are called
power
plant maintenance
practices.
Before
de-energize
motoring,
system.
'wet'
cycles,
both the 1.p. andh.p.
the ignition
During
opened;
for 'dry' cycles
fuel cocks
are
only,
the 1.p. fuel cock is
before
opned.
After a 'wet'
cycle,
attempting
to start
an engine,
either
complete
cycle
or,
allow
a 'dry'
preferably,
the engine
to
drain for 1 minute.

gear

(1)

Landing

(2)

Engine

and

(3)

Engine

air

(4)

Power

plant

(5)

Engine

(6)

Cowlings

lock

pins

airframe

cover

intakes

and

exhausts

atmospheric

and

vents

dipstick

system

oil

exhaust

level

Fitted

Removed
Clear

as

necessary

of foreign

bodies

Unobstructed

6 pints

minimum

Closed
open

and

and locked
secured

or
as

required.

(7)

Fuses

High

(a)

NOTE

(8)

Radio

(9)

Connect

NOTE

ignition

energy

Alternatively
All

(b)

breakers

circuit

and

and

and

Do not

(10)

Battery

(11)

ELECTRICAL

circuit

electrical

accessory

d. c.

the 1. t. input

remove

fuses

other

ground

breakers
systems

batteries

POWER

(b)

BATTERY

(c)

GROUND/FLIGHT

(d)

VOLTS,

(13)

Fuel

As required

All

CROSSFEED

See

off

Chapter

24

NORMAL

Off

Off

....

switch

power

AND

unit.

maintenance.

routine

switch

ground

energy

panel)

1 and 2

A C INV

Throttle(s)

(roof

fuses
24)

(a)

(12)

high

during

selector

Remove
(Chapter

each

supplies

on internal

motor

to

TRANSFER

selector

GROUND
28 volts

nominal

Closed
Closed.
71-00

July/69

Page

523

HAWKER

SlDDELEY

AVIATION

HS 12 5
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Engine

list

check

motoring

(14)

LP

(15)

FUEL
motored

PUMP

(16)

Check

clear

(17)

ENG

(18)

START

SELECTED

(19)

START

selector

continued

COCK

FUEL

to be

for motoring

ground

with

engine

switch,

switch

selector

lamp

red
switch

ON
ON,
light

1. p.

check

warning

out

Clear
1 or

2 as

appropriate

On

to START

Press

for

seconds

(20)

OPERATING

START
NOTE

(21)

Observe

'Wet'

cycle

HP FUEL

oil pressure

rising

only

lamp

amber

as

COCK

On

engine
.

rotates.

to ON 20

Move

(22)

Mod.251728

aircraft

only

switch

(23)

With
(a)

'Wet'

(b)

LP

completed

cycle

cycle

NOTE

(24)

(c)

Fuel

(d)

START

(e)

ENG

(f)

START

Fuses

and

NOTE

COCK

if a.p.u.

is

running.

SELE

If,

instead

unit

was

power

(26)

Engine

aircraft

a.p.u.

lamp

amber

switch

CTED

red

lamp

breakers

circuit

DC ground

COCK

switch

selector

OFF

close

1.p.

engine

cock

OFF
Out
Off
Out
High
fitted
1.t.

input

energy

ignition

to

high

each

fuses

energy

it.

check

525 to 540 intentionally

No.1

OFF

Disconnect

As

....

of motoring

cycle

SHUT

Do not

covers

to terminate

:-

reconnect

supplies

Pages

the

fuses,

of removing

disconnected

stationary

an

(25)

71-00

engine

with

OPERATING

and

Aircraft

PUMP

selector

HP FUEL

End

Page

and

only

FUEL

ENG

afte.r

seconds

start

initiating

required

list
omitted

Nov.69
524

(Y)

HAWKER SIDDELEYAVIATION

HS 12 6
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

POWER
4.

Ground
NOTE

Maintain
units
(as

records

of

portions

selected

test

the Low

of

in the respective
the
of
installation.

A. Low power

and

changing

High

Power

practices)

maintenance

or

Tests

be used

may

to test

CONDITION

Type

(1)

Fuel

(2)

Fuel

(3)

OAT

(4)

Ambient

pressure

(5)

Aircraft

battery

(6)

DC ground

the

relevant

NOTES
Kerosene

temperature

cut

(8)

Time

)
No.2

supply

Oil temperature

Before

start

24 volts

min.

)
)
)

26 volts
external

min.

JPT

-40

On selecting

to light

Millibars

During

Starting

min.

Record

up

start

cycle

abortive

740-800

for

max.

time

Record

Idling

starts

than

more

start

selecting

Oil pressure

for

start

start

not

(12)

wide

or

(7)

(11)

specific

servicing

test
ITEM

(9) Time

After

running.

detailed

parts

(10)

ADJUSTMENT/TEST

tests

running
:

PLANT

sec

from
to idling

No min.
limit,
251b/sq.
in. max.
(3 minutes
after
1. p.
starting),

light

warning

out

above

6 lb/sq.in.
Idling

(13)

Engine

(14)

JPT

(15)

Fuel

pressure

Idling

(16)

Fuel

flow

Idling

speed

Idling

40
645C

max.

light

Warning
Check

t 1013

for

out

stable

reading

71-00
May

72 (Y)

Page

541

MMNTENANCE MANUAL

Ground

tests

running

continued

ITEM
(17)

Fuel,

CONDITION

and

oil

gas

leaks

NOTES
Run

Idling

for

2 minutes

and check for leaks,

Chapter
71, DRAINS
(18)

(19)

(a)

Failure

(b)

Idling

See Chapter
Light

out

Voltage

28 +

(c)

Ammeter

Showing

(d)

Load

warning

sharing

Both

generation
heating)

Idling

AC power
(Windscreen

engines

See

Hydraulic

Idling

See

indication

(a)

Flow

(b)

Cut-out

(c)

Cut-in

(d)

System

Check

there
If High power test is to follow check
leaks and ignore
remainder
of this test.

Select

60*/.

(22)

Time

light

out

Chapter

2500

functioning

(21)

24

Chapter

29

3000 + 50 lb/sq.in.

pressure

60 amps

NORMAL

pressure

NOTE

charge

Warning

system

24

5 volts

Within

running

failure
Power
indication

(a)

(20)

generation

DC power

see

are

no

+ 20 lb/sq.in.
operation.

fuel

and

oil

rev/min

On closing

h. p.

fuel

cock

(23)

Run

time

down

from

60/o

Compare
with
figures
lished

rev/min

(24)

Fuel

drains

During

run

(25)

Fuel

and

Engine

static

(26)

Total running
for this test

71-00
Page

oil leaks

down

Check

satisfactory

Check

none

estab-

exist

time
Record
May

542

72

MAINTENANCE MANUAt

...Ground

tests continued

running

ITEM

CONDITION

NOTES

B. High power test

(1) Complete items (1) to
of low
(20) inclusive
power check
(2) Parking

brake

Check adequate

supply

(3) Compressor air

bleed valve
(4) Warm-up period

Slow acceleration
and deceleration

See Test

90% rev/min

1 min duration

(5) Fuel flow

95% rev/min

(6) Oil pressure

95% rev/min

(7) JPT acceptance limit

(newly installed
zero hour engines)

100

Pressure warning light out.

Pre-mod CV7291
27-38 lb/sq.in.
Mod CV7291 21-38 lb/sq.in.
at 800C or below and
15-38 lb/sq.in.
above 800C.
7250C max at 150C
ambient. See Fig.502.

(8) Governed speed

Full

I
rev/min
10.5%

throttle

100

Use intercom.

C.

00.5%

Dependent

upon

Full

throttle

conditions
and fuel
100% rev/min may
not be attainable.
74000 max. See Fig.502.

(10) TURBine overheat

light

Full

throttle

OUT

(11) Oil temperature

Full

throttle

ambient

s.g.,

(9) JPT

125C max.(anti-icing

(
13500 max.(anti-icing
(

OFF)
ON)

(12) Max speed governor

test

See Test

(13) Throttle

alignment

(14) Air bleeds

(a) Air conditioning

and pressuriza-

tion system

Both engines
rev/min

-75%

No stagger

75 to 80% rev/min
No other

bleeds

See Chapter 21. Air bleed

open,
valve indicators
engine
duct temp. rises,
speed decreases and j.p.t.
rises.
Close air bleed
valve.

WARNING: DO NOT DEPRESSURIZERAPIDLYUNLESSABSOLUTELY

ESSENTIAL.

71-00
Page 543
Dec.79
(Y)

g mm

MAANTENANCE MANUAL

...Ground

running tests

continued

ITEM

CONDITION

anti-icing

(b).Engine

No other

bleeds

NOTES
See Test E. Valve
indicator
open.
Engine speed decreases
and j,p.t.
rises.
Switch

off anti-icing.
(15) Warm up period

1 min duration

90% rev/min

(16) Acceleration
NOTE : All air

(17) Primer

bleeds

off after

(18) Relight

Idling

(19) Synchronization

Both engines

(20) Power loss

Both engines at
100% rev/min or
max attainable

(23) Select

See Test

See Test

running See Test K

(21) Top temperature

control
(22) Automatic
limiter

this test.

solenoid

indicators

See Test

Check pointers
are
aligned;
adjust as
necessary.
See Test

See Test

thrust

60% rev/min

(24) Time

On closing

h.p.

valve
(25) Run down time from
60% rev/min
(26) Fuel drains
(27) Fuel and oil

Compare with
established
During

leaks

(28) Total running time

for this test

run down

Engine static

figures

Check satisfactory
Check none.
Record

71-00
Page 544
Mar.74(Y)

ms

MANTENANCE MANUAL

93

NOTE:
DURING ACCELERATION
VALVE MUST CLOSE
AEV./MIN
RANGE INDICATED
WITHIN O.5/o
BY TOP AND MIDDLE LINE i OF GRAPH. DURING
DECEL':RATION
VALVE MUST OPEN WITHIN
2/o REV./MIN.
RANGE INDICATED BY TOP
AND B3TTOM
LINE5 OF GRAPH.

I
-40

-30

-20

-IO
AMBIENT

IO

O
TEMPERATURE

DEG.

2O

3O

40

50

166

CENTIGRADE

ML/ANS/4OI

Compressor

air

bleed valve
Fig.541

operating

limits

71-00
Page 545
Dec.79

C ms
MAINTENANCE

tests

.Ground

running

C. Test

operation

(1)

Select

(2)

Open

shows

closing

Slowly
suddenly
opening

(4)

NOTE

valve

OFF.

slowly

increase

and

the

note

and

compressor

decelerate
decreases

at which

of approximately

air

bleed

the

rev/min

note

rev/min

by approximately

the

rev/min

2% rev/min.

indicator

the

(Indicating

valve).
at

which

2% rev/min.

the

indicator
needle
indicates
the valve

rev/min

This

valve
:

bleed

air

a sudden

of the

Determine

the

bleeds

the throttle

needle

(3)

continued

of compressor
all

MANUAL

the

temperature,

ambient

operates

within

Adjust

the pressure

operates

outside

ratio

the

then refer

limits;

to Fig.541

to

that

ascertain

limits.

acceptable
switch
see

air
if the compressor
GROUND
RUNNING

bleed valve
ADJUSTMENTS.

71-00
Page 546

BRITISH
BAe 125 AIRCRAFT

...Ground

tests

running
functioning

D.Test

NOT_E_:

continued

_o_f_

speed

_m_a_x_im_um_

Switch

(2)

At ambient
Disconnect

(3) With
speed

off

to avoid

controL

may be necessary
the maximum

of

fuLLy
are

open
within

to remove
permissibLe

jet pipe
j.p.t.

system.

11 deg.C
(ISA
a.t.1.
and blank

temperatures
P2 pipe
from

engine
running,
and oiL pressure

it

exceeding

temperature

top

governor

temperatures

In high ambient
nozzle
trimmers

(1)

AEROSPACE

MAINTENANCEMANUAL

4 deg.C)

unit

throttLe
Limits

and

and beLow
end.
pipe

and check that

See operating

j.p.t.,

engine
Limitations.

li) deg.C)
(ISA minus
it
beLow 5 deg.C
100% rev/min.
due to the fLow Limiting
Under
the b.f-c.u.
these conditions
it WiLL not be
effectiveLy.
possibLe
movement
to check over-swing
and 'dead throttLe'
However,
equipment
is avaiLabLe
for pressurizing
the capsuLe chamber
See
of the b.f.c.u.
rev/min.
so that max. governed
can be obtained.
ADJUSTD1ENTS.
para.
B of GROUND RUNNING
NOTE : At ambient
may not be possibLe
characteristics
of

temperatures
to obtain

(4)

CLose

(5)

SLam throttLe
NOTE

throttLe

to obtain
fuLLy

A maximum of

approx.

open

and

five

over-sWing

check

60% rev/min.
over-swing

osciLLations

does

not
is

exceed

permitted

103%.
during

check.

an acceLeration

(FueL pump over-swing

definition
an over-swing
is a momentary
is
maximum 100% rev/min.
occurence
when the fuel pump governor
exceeded
during
a sLam acceLeration,
but swings back aLmost
It is usuaL for a Limited
immediatety.
number
of over-swing
osciLLations
to occur
untiL
the engine
rev/min
stabiLizers
at
100%).
-

(6)

check
NOTE

for
:

'dead

throttle'

movement.

At the fuLL throttle

Lever quadrant,
at 15
end of throttLe
10 deg. of Lever movement
deg.C
there
ambient
shouLd be approx.
to which there is no engine
response.
As the temperature
WiLL decrease
decreases
movement
untiL the
'dead throttLe'
a.t.1.
If 'dead
takes
controL.
throttLe'
movement is

inadequate,

change

b.f.c.u.

(?) CLose throttLe.

(8)

the
to a.t.1.
check.

When

engine

instaLL

is

static
any jet

remove
equipment,
connect
any test
removed during
pipe
nozzLe trimmers

71-00
125 MM/SE

Printed

in EngLand

P2 pipe

this

Page 547
Jan.87(Y)

BRITISH
BAe 125 AIRCRAFT

...Ground
E.lest

tests

running

gngine
Run the

(2)

Nove the
OPEN.

engine

(4)

Move the
SHUT and

(1)

CLose

to ON.

sWitch

j.p.t.

WitL increase
and 2% respectively.

ANTI-ICING

that

the

throttle

switch

j.p.t.

necessary,
(a.t.1.).

and rev/min.

indicator

warning

Check

that

shows

by approx.

decrease

check

increases

disconnect
Blank

Lamp 0N and

indicator

the

20

no

shows

to 60%.

ambient
temperatures
the a.t.1.
beLow, isolate
flow.

of

anti-icing

required

bleed

from automatic
end.

P2 pressure
pipe
the unit
and pipe

: At
KGBL

SeLect

the

rate

Limiter

(2)

that

Check

to OFF.
decreases.

when rev/min.

acceteration
If

j.p.t.

note

switch
to above 92% REV/MIN,
in j.p.t.
or rev/min.

SeLect
change

F.lest

60% rev/min;

at

ANTI-ICING

The
deg.C

(3)

(5)

continued

nti-icillid'.stem

(1)

Ll0TE_

AEROSPACE
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

0N,

if

11 deg.C
(ISA minus
to avoid interference

by the

graph

thrust

4 deg.C)
the

with

of

and
fuet

setting

Limits

(Fig.542).

(3)

open,

engine
taking

NOTi

With

0.5
engine

The

time
(4)

running

given

to

at 60% rev/min,
sLam the throttle
1.0 secs for the movement.

shouLd acceLerate
on Fig.542.

If necessary,
adjust
the
RUNNING
ADJUSTMENTS.

air/fuel

Lever

futLy

from 60% to 98% rev/min

see

control;

ratio

the

Within

of GROUND

para.C.

(5)

CLose

(6)

If

(7)

Stam

(8)

Check

(9)

CLose throttle
steadity.

(10)

If

to

throttle

throttLe

the
the

anti-icing

select

required,

the

to 40% rev/min.

max.

Lever

futty

rev/min.,

to

bLeed

open;

see

40% rev/min

0N;

record

Test
and

time

Limits

setting
taken

to

reach

(Fig.542).

98% rev/min.

D.

check

a.t.1.
was rendered
inoperative,
limiter.
thrust
automatic

engine

connect

decelerates

the

and runs

P2 pressure

pipe

7 1-0 0

71-00
125 MM/SE

see

Printed

in England

Page 548
Jan.87(Y)

BRITISH
BAe 125 AIRCRAFT

primer

G.Test

AEROSPACE
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

soLenoid

(1)

Run

(2)

SeLect RELIGHT ON and check that

increase
to 8% and then graduaLLy

engine

NOTE

The

at

initiaL

during
(3)

SeLect

(4)

CLose
NOTE

(5)

rev/min
of
charging

RELIGHT off

throttLe
:

Check
NOTE

60% rev/min.

drop is due to fuel

manifoLd.
the primer

and fuLLy

throttLe

open

for

by 5%

momentarity,

Loss

to

the

engine

15 secs.

40% rev/min.

If the test
is
operation
(2).
primer

to

decrease,
to 58% to 59%.

rev/min.

to

manifold

If Leaks are
change seats

wait

repeated,

and

feed

soLenoid,

found,
check
as necessary.

2 min.,

pipes

tightness

before

repeating

Leaks.

for

of unions

and pivot

boLts;

/MBlENT

SETTING LIMITS
TEMPERATURES

FOR
BELOW

+5

SETTING LIMITS
AMB ENT TEMPERATURES

-40

-30

-20

AMBIENT

Air/fueL

ratio

TEMPERATURE

Printed

in England

+2O

+5

43

+3O
A3354

oL setting

71-00
125 MM/SE

+IO

-lo

FOR
ABOVE

Limits

71-00
Page 549
Jan.87(Y)

E mm

MA.INTENANCE MANUAL

...Ground
H. Test

running tests
engine

continued
system

relight

(1) Run the engine

at idling

rev/min

(2) Move the HP FUEL COCKlever

for

at least

one minute

to the OFF position.

(3) When the rev/min has fallen

to 30% move the HP FUEL COCK1ever to ON and
relight
switch to RELIGHT. The engine should relight
and the rev/
select
increase
to 40% without stalling,
.min

NOTE : If the engine fails

to relight,
procedure and check the igniter
RELIGHTswitch

(4) Select
J. Test oil

pressure

complete the engine

OFF.

and temperature

(1) to (20) inclusive

of Test A.
(2) Open up slowly to full throttle
and check the pressure
are satisfactory
throughout the range.
items

(1) Complete

(3) Close

and temperature

throttle.
speed synchronizer

K. Test engine

(1) Run both engines

(2) Move left
(3) Move right
(4) Select

stopping

system.

at idling

speed,

THROTTLEto obtain
THROTTLEto obtain

synchronizer

with synchronizer

switch OFF.

89% rev/min.
91% rev/min.

switch ON.

(5) When left-hand engine rev/min.

have increased
THROTTLEto obtain 90% rev/min.
(6) Move right THROTTLEto obtain 90.5% rev/min.
engine rev/min. increases
to the same figure.

to 90% retract

right

and note that left-hand

the synchronizer OFF and move both throttle levers to CLOSED.

L. Test top temperature control system
NOTE : It may be necessary to select anti-icing
bleed and/or cabin air bleed
0N to obtain max. j.p.t.
Instances
may also occur where it will be
the automatic thrust limiter (a.t.1.)
and/or
necessary to isolate
compressor
air
bleed valve.
open the
disconnect the P2 static
(1) If necessary,
air pressure pipe from the a.t.l.
(7) Switch

(2) Start

the engine.

Page 550
June 80 (Y)

MAINTENANCE MANUAL

.Ground

tests

running

(3)

With

continued

to TAKE-OFF
switched
at295C.
to stabilize

the t.t.c.
the j.p.t.

allow
NOTE

If 735C

be obtained,

cannot

and

anti-icing

air

the

move

the throttle

move

on and

conditioning

throttle

return

lever

to OPEN

to 40% rev/min
the throttle
lever

and

select

to

OPEN.
Retract

throttle

(5)

Switch

the t.t.c.

in

to

Switch

the t.t.c.

(7)

Move

the throttle

(1)

Complete

Record

the ambient
climate

relative

test

to 60%

and

(3)

Select

(4)

Move

(5)

Observe

all

air

and

maximum

The

engine

is

11C

below

(ISA SL minus

4C).

climate.

and

OFF

speed

the a.t.1.

of the

should

which

73 AUTOMATIC
THRUST
the a.t.1.
should

the

engine

correspond

when

stabilized.

to the

setting
curve.
a.t.1.
(see
chapter

figure
obtained
figures
do not
AUTOMATIC
THRUST

rev/min

If the

73,

End

Pages

at

the engine

start

rev/min
reset

R)

chapter

to OPEN.
speed

correspond,

LIMITE

increases.

rev/min

y-1-T-R-C-Mj^'

rev/min.

if o. a. t.

only

lever

the

from

A drop

ath?5C.

system

relative

bleeds

the throttle

control

assumes

j.p.t.

to stabilize.

conditioning"OFF.

air

t.t.c.

to the a.t.1.
rev/min
curve
(see
setting
Refer
Fig.203,
the rev/min
and ascertain
LIMITER,
for the pre-determined
relative
climate.
control

NOTE

Nov.72

the

temperature

allow

temperature
pressure
and refer
and atmospheric
to the
73 AUTOMATIC
THRUST
graph
(see
chapter
LIMITER,

to find the

Fig.202,
(2)

this

that

note

limiting

and

anti-icing
occur
as the

and

lever

thrust

automatic

130TE

OFF

j.p.t.

and

CLIMB
should

rev/min

and

(6)

M.Test

j.p.t.

690C

to give

(4)

of

tests

552 to 560 intentionally

omitted

71-00

(Y)
Page

551

WAWKER

SIDDELEY

AVIATION

HS 12 5
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

POWER PLANT
5. Ground running

ADJUSTMENT/TEST

justments

8769

A.
P..
C.

IDLING

SPEED

ADJUSTER

ACC.lLt.R.AHONRAIL.iD3USILM

UELi-UMFGOVLRNOR

..DJUbtER

1.
2.
3.

BAROME

RM.

rLOW

AIR/F.iLRA;39CtN1ROL
FUELPUMP

CONTR

L UNIT
NIO

/+572

Feb.25/66(Y

Engine ad justment
.Fig,56l

points

7l-OO
Page 561

MAWKB

SIDDELEY AVIATION

HS 12 5
MAINTENANCE MANUAi.

.Ground
A.

running

Adjust

Adjustments

speed

idling

Special

tools

Idling

equipment

and

speed

Start

engine

and

(2)

With

engine

idling,

(3)

Rotate
idling
to decrease

(4)

Accelerate

(5)

Close

B. Adjust

PE

for

and

one

.4797.

minute.

invertor

gain

on,

to

access

idling

anti-clockwise

adjuster,
necessary

trnalters

speed

to increase

speed,

or

clockwise

(Fig.562).
by approximately

1% rev/min.

to 60% rev/min.
to idling

and

governed

maximum

tools

verify

adjustment.

speed

equipment

and

equipment

Pressurizing

Gauge
Oil priming
NOTE

on line

generator

as

throttle

Special

90% rev/min.

at

speed
speed,

One

run

(Fig.561).

adjuster

NOTE

tool

adjuster

(1)

speed

continued

...

PE.14889.
PE. 13868
PE

...

syringe

.4483

is low,
ensure
rigging
is correct
that throttle
If governed
speed
5C.
governor.
At ambient
adjusting
temperatures
below
it
before
to obtain
100 0% rev/min.
due to fuel flow
may not be possible
limitation
this may be overcome
the
by the b.f.c.u.,
by using
11C
(ISA minus
equipment.
At ambient
temperatures
pressurizing
of
4C) and below,
the automatic
(a.t.1.)
thrust limiter
must
be made
inoperative
interference
with
the fuel flow when
out
to avoid
carrying
adjustments
and checks
on fuel system
components

(1)

Applicable
pressurizing
Gain

(b)

Disconnect

Page

equipment.

Close

5C.

Connect

the bottom

front

b.f.c.u.

syringe
:

Make

the

relief

cowl,

if installed.

the base of the

unscrew
and remove
the banjo pivot bolt from
chamber,
install
the inlet connection
of the pressurand in its place
This will blank the P1 air supply
to the capsule.
pipe

from

the

connection

pipe of the non-return

valve
the delivery
and
of the equipment
to the inlet connection,
then

Connect
portion
priming
NOTE

71-00

capsule

Remove
drain

the aircraft

connection

izing

(d)

to the b.f.c.u.

access

b.f.c.u.

(c)

is below

equipment.

(a)

the

temperature

if ambient

only

at

pressure

gauge

the

couple

oil

sure
valve

that there

is no

oil

in

the

syringe

and

that

it is clean.

Nov.
562

72 (Y)

ms

MAINTENANCE MANUAL

56
TABLE.
CONVERSION
MILLIBARS
HG.
/ INCHES
54

52

NOTE:

677

20

ACCESSORIES
COMPRESSOR

694

20.5

711
728

21
21 5
22
22. 5
23
23 5

LOADED
AIR BLEEDS
CLOSED
(EXCLU.DING
VALVE)
AIR BLEED
TEMPERATURE
EFFECT
ON
AMBIENT
IDLING
SETTING
NEGLIGIBLE

762
779
796
8 13

SO

48

LIMIT

LIMIT
46

964

25.

1016

44

24

24.

897
914
93 I
948
965
982
997

MINIMUM

830
847
880
MAXIMUM

745

1033
1050

25
5

26

26.
27
27.
28
28.
29
29.
3O
30.
31

5
5
5

42

NOMINAL SETTING AT
I.S.A. 40-41h

40

IOSO

1000

900

950

AMBIENT

850
PRESSURE

SOO
-

750

700

MILLISARS

650
9O77/A.
93J2

Idling

speed/ambient

pressure
Fig.562

setting

data

71-00
Page 563
Sept.70

5
5

MANUAL

MAINTENANCE

...Ground

running
(e)

Adjustments

that the pressure

Check

is seating

valve

NOTE

to

access

(2)

Gain

(3)

Rotate

acceleration

NOTE

Disconnect

(5)

Ensure

remains

to

the
of the gauge throughout
pressurized.
that the capsule
remains

observation
ensure

acceleration
rate

adjuster

P2 pipe

from

that the top temperature

(6)

Start

(7)

Operate
between

three

clockwise

OBSERVE
RUNNING

the engine

thrust

the automatic

engine

ensuing

(Fig.561).

adjuster

rate

control

system

TEMPERATURE
ENGINE

AND

turns

four

or

Operations
(3) and (4) ensure
that these units
engine
adjustment
of.governed
during
speed.

CAUTION

non-return

that the

indicating

constant,

efficiently.

Maintain

run

(4)

continued

have

limiter

no influence

on

the

(a.t.l.).

to OFF

is selected
TIME

WHEN

LIMITS

the oil priming

5 and 7 p.s.i.,

(8) Slowly open throttle

to idling

the

open posinon
speed.

to

capsule

by th equipment

as registered

to fully

then return throttle

to pressurize

syringe

a pressure

gauge.

and note maximumobtainable

rev/min.

CAUTION: ENGINESPEED MUSTNOT EXCEED103%.

(9)

If necessary
depressing
clockwise

NOTE

adjust
the
and rotating
to increase,
One turn

of adjuster

(10)

governor
Re-adjust
idling speed.

(11)

Slowly accelerate
to idling speed.
CAUTION

of 100.5%
rev/min
governor
to obtain a maximum
governor
the fuel pump
adjuster
(Fig 561) antigoverned
speed.
or clockwise
to decrease

to 100

rate

acceleration

(13)

Recheck

that the acceleration

(14)

Stop

(15)

,Connect

speed

engine

P2 pipe

adjuster

rate

to

verify

CONTROL

to its
and

by

and then

rev/min

-0.25%

THE ACCELERATION

Restore

rev/min

alter

+0

to governed

(12)

the

will

original

governed

by

0.25%.
slowly

decelerate

adjustmenti

slowly

IS OUT

OF SETTING.

to

decelerate

setting.
speed

are

satisfactory.

to

a.t.l.

71-00
Page 564
Aug.78 (Y)

MANUAL

MMNTENANCE

...Ground

running

Adjustments

continued

only if ambient temperature is below 5C.

(a) Open relief
valve then disconnect
and remove the pressurizing

(16) Applicable

equip-

ment.
(b)
C. Adjust

the capsule chamber banjo pivot

Install
the bottom front cowl.
and install
accelerati

(1) With engine

(Fig.561).

bolt,

connect

idling,

to the acceleration

gain access

of one serration

NOTE : An adjustment
0.5 second.

plate

and check that

(4) Run engine at full throttle
trolled by the pump governor.

adjuster

rate

adjuster

clockwise

time) or antiacceleration
time).
time by approximately

affect

will

(3) Release adjuster and ensure its locking

serrations
of the adjuster housing.

D. Adjust

pipe

rate

(2) Using adjuster tool, T2 BJ 3231SN, depress and rotate

rate (decrease
acceleration
to increase acceleration
the acceleration
clockwise to decrease
rate (increase

(5) Close

the drain

engages

the internal
speed is con-

max governed

throttle.

pressure

(1) Gain access

ratio

switch

to the pressure

ratio

adjuster.

switch

(2) Remove the lockwire and using adjuster tool, PE 17433, release
the
locknut.
Ensure adjuster is not rotated
when slackening
locknut.
adjuster.
(3) Reset the metering orifice
decrease the speed at which the air
versa.
NOTE : One flat of the adjuster
Pre-mod CV 7454
Mod CV 7454
(4) Tighten

(5) Start
Chapter 71.
(6) Wire-lock the locknut.
E. Adjust automatic
NOTE : See Chapter

thrust

the bleed

alters

..

..

..

..

the locknut.
the engine and complete

Turn the adjuster

bleed valve operates

Tests

valve

2% rev/min.
1% rev/min.

clockwise
and vice
setting

to

by approx:-

A 24

C & F Ground running

tests,

limiter

73, AUTOMATIC
THRUSTLIMITER.
End of adjustments
Pages 566 to 580 intentionally

omitted

71-00
Page 565
June 76(Y)

HAWKER SIDDE1.EYAVIATION

HS 12 5
MANUAL

MAINTENANCE

GROUND
1. Fire

drills-unpressurized

A. Primary
NOTE

(1)

RUNNING

FIGHTING

FIRE

aircraft

actions
:

This drill
is applicable
bay overheat.

HP FUEL
NOTE

COCK(s).

remainder

(2)

LP FUEL

(3)

X FEED/TRANSFER

(4)

BATTERY

(5)

Advise

COCK(s)

selector

switch

external

(1),

members

equipment

if warning

does

persist,

not

ignore

OFF
Closed
Off

...

crew

or rear

OFF

..

of operation
of drill.

fire

of engine

warnings

On completion

to

External

..

(a)

(b)

crew

actions

electrical
Disconnect
external
power
Investigate
external
suspected
attract
fires,
help and complete
as neces
'Secondary
Actions',
sary.

(c)

(6)

One

internal

crew

member

Advise
internal
as necessary.

Investigate

...

suspected

and

combat,
extinguisher,

BROMOCHLORODIFLUORMETHANE
HAS AN OBNOXIOUS ODOUR
BECOMES
SLIGHTLY
MORE

WARNING

Secondary

actions

(1)

fires

Fight

emergency

WARNING

using
only,

ground
CO2 extinguishers
foam type extinguishant.

crew

members

internal

aircraft
using
as necessary.

fires
portable

IS OF LOW TOXICITY
BUT
WITH FIRE,
AND, IN CONTACT
AVOID INHALING
TOXIC;
IT.

or,

in the event

IT

of a major

AND METALLIC
AVOID DIRECT
CONTACT
BETWEEN
THE PERSON
PARTS
OF A DISCHARGING
DO NOT INHALE
CO2 EXTINGUISHER.
CO2 OR THE CO RESULTING
FROM
THE DECOMPOSITION
OF CO2
IN CONTACT
WITH HEAT
.

CAUTION

Oct.1/64

DO NOT APPLY
FOAM EXTINGUISHANT
AIR INTAKE
TO ENGINE
IF FOAM
NECESSARY.
OR EXHAUST
UNIT UNLESS
ABSOLUTELY
PLANT
EXTINGUISHANT
POWER
TYPE
HAS CONTAMINATED
72.
TO 701 PAGE BLOGK
OF CHAPTER
REFER

71-00

(DH.7)
Page

581

HAWKER SlDDELEY AVIATioN

HS 12 5
MANUAL

MAINTENANCE

Ground

running

-Fir e fighting

continued

ZONE 2

ONE I

2245X

Fire

points
581

access

Fig.
2. Fire

drills

A. Primary
NOTE

actions
:

This drill
equipment

(1)

B LEED

(2)

PRESSN
WARNING

71-00
Page

aircraft

-pressurized

is applicable
bay overheat.

to

AIR VALVE(s)
O/RIDE
:

Iever

DO NOT ATTEMPT

warnings

of engine

OFF

Close

fire

TO DEPRESSURIZE

or

rear

RAPIDLY.

Jan.31/64
582

HAWKER SIDDELEY AVIATION

HS 125
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

...Ground
(3)

running

HP

Fire

FUEL

NOTE

fighting

continued

COCK(s)
On completion

LP

FUEL

(5)

X FEED/TRANSFER

(6)

Advise

except

COCK(s).

...

selector

external

(3) if warning
does
for operation
(10),

of operation
of drill

remainder

(4)

OFF

....

crew

not

persist,

ignore

OFF
Closed

....

members....
(a)

(b)

crew
External
actions
Disconnect
electrical
external
power.
suspected
external
Investigate
attract
fires,
help and complete
as
'Secondary
Actions',
necessary.

(c)

(7)

BATTERY

(8)

All internal

(9)

One internal

switch
members

crew

....

member

internal

as

necessary.

Fit

smoke

crew

members,

OFF

....

crew

Advise

masks.

Investigate
suspected
internal
fires
and combat,
aircraft
using
portable
extinguisher
as
,

....

necessary

WARNING

(10)
B

DUMP

Secondary
(1)

Fight

BROMOCHLORODIFLUORMETHANE
IT HAS AN OBNOXIOUS
ODOUR AND
SLIGHTLY
MORE TOXIC;
BECOMES

VALVE

1/64

Slowly

to OPEN

actions

fires

emergency

Oct.

selector

IS OF LOW TOXICITY BUT

IN CONTACT
WITH FIRE
AVOID INHALING
IT.

using

ground

only,

foam

CO2

type

extinguishers

or,

in the event

of a major

extinguishant.

WARNING

AVOID DIRECT
CONTACT
AND
BETWEEN
THE PERSON
METALLIC
PARTS
OF A DISCHARGING
CO2 EXTINGUISHER.
FROM THE
CO2 OR THE CO RESULTING
DO NOT INHALE
DECOMPOSITION
OF CO2 IN CONTACT
WITH HEAT.

CAUTION

AIR
FOAM EXTINGUISHANT
TO ENGINE
INTAKE
UNIT UNLESS
ABSOLUTELY
OR EXHAUST
EXTINGUISHANT
HAS
IF FOAM TYPE
NECESSARY.
CONTAMINATED
POWER
PLANT
REFER
TO 701 PAGE
72.
BLOCK
OF CHAPTER

(DH. 7)

DO NOT APPLY

71-00
Page

583

BRISTOL

ENGINE

DIVISION

MAINTENANCE
VIPER
POWER
PLANT

INSPECTION/CHECK

tests

1. Shock loading
A. General

A shock loaded engine is defined as an engine involved in a heavy landing

which results
in structural
foreign object indamage to the aircraft,
gestion leading to compressor blade damage beyond blending limits,
or
mechanical failure
The proleading to engine seizure or rapid run-down.
cedure for dealing with a shock loaded engine is dependent on the nature of
the occurence, and qualified
in para.B. and C. All scrapped parts must
accompany an engine rejected for complete overhaul.
B. Engine seizure

(1) Mechanical

failure.

(a) An engine which runs down from ground idling rev/min. in less than
two seconds, following mechanical failure which would not normally
cause engine rejection,
must be returned to the nearest overhaul
base, suitably
labelled,
for shock loading tests and complete
overhaul.
(2) Foreign
(a)

object

ingestion

If foreign object ingestion is suspected but unconfirmed, the

compressor top half casing must be removed and the rotor and stator
blades examined for damage; refer to Chapter 72, COMPRESSOR.

(b) An engine which has been stopped by foreign object ingestion

must
be returned,
suitably
to the nearest overhaul base for
labelled,
shock loading tests and complete overhaul.
C. Heavy landing

I
I

following a heavy landing, no structural

damage to the aircraft
apparent, no procedures other than normal pre-flight
checks are

(1) If,

is

necessary.
(2) Where the aircraft
in structural
has made a heavy landing which results
damage to the aircraft,
the engine must be returned to the nearest
overhaul base for shock loading tests and complete overhaul.

7 100
Page 601
June 80

H ms

MAINTENANCE MANUAL

DRAINS SYSTEM

General
is purged of inflammable vapours
Each zone of the power plant installation
system, but to prevent the accumulation
the ventilation
of liquids
capable
a fire hazard, within the cowlings,
a drains disposal
system is
creating
incorporated.

by
of

Fig.1:
Pre mod.252367
a self-emptying
drains tank collects
drainage from
the primer drain and b.f.c.u.
and discharges
it overboard.
Simple drain pipes,
to atmosphere,
are provided for the fuel and hydraulic
venting directly
pump
drive housings,
the synchronizer
corrector
unit (left engine only), the
combustion chamber, turbine case, oil tank filler,
engine breather,
fuel
pressure
differential
the a.c. generator
and, Mod.251911 aircraft,
switch,
Spring-loaded
plate valves,
flush cooling air intake (right engine only).
which blank the drain lines when the engine is running,
are fitted;
one to the
combustion chamber (centre section
drain) and another to the turbine case
(exhaust cone drain).
Pre mod.252085, an overboard drain is fitted
to the low
fuel pressure
switch.
-

Fig.2:introduces
a manua11y-operated
drains tank drains valve for
Mod.252367
The combustion chamber drain from the
ground use, and a simple tank vent.
engine.centre
section
is fed directly
into the drains tank while the primer
shut-off
drain valve mounted
drain is routed through an electrically-actuated
on the L.P. fuel filter;
the valve is energized closed by the engine services
relay,
during engine starting
or relighting.
-

OIL SYSTEM
BREATHER

OIL
TANK

OIL TANK
FILLER NECK
OVERFLOW DRAIN

FUEL OUT

AIR IN
SECTION

THROUGH

TANK AT ARROW

DRAINS

WEIR INSIDE
FAIRING

DRAIN VALVE

SYNCHRON1ZER
CORRECTOR
UNIT
DRAIN-LEFT ENGINE
ONLY
HYDRAULIC PUMP
DRIVE DRAIN

'-

FUEL PUMP
DRIVE DRAIN

8 EC U
DRAIN

LOW
FUEL PRESSURE
5WITCH VENT
(PRE-MOD252OB5)

CENTRE
SECT1ON
DRAIN

PRIMER
MANIFOLD
DRAIN

FUEL PRESSURE
D1FFERENTlAL
SWITCH DRAIN

Engine drains

system
Fig.1

JET PIPE
FAIRING
DRAIN
DRAINS TANK
EJECTOR

Pre mod.252367

EXHAUST
CONE DRAIN

4,

71-06-0
Page 1
June 76 (Z)

MAIN7ENANCE

...Drains

system

MANUAL

continued

Combined ventilation/drain
holes and a series of small (shrouded)
holes, all
form emergency drains to dispose of major leakage such
in the lower cowlings,
as could result
from a fractured
pipe.
In the event of a 'wet start',
fuel
from the rear of the jet pipe is dumped via a hole in the underside
draining
of the jet pipe fairing.
A weir prevents
fuel running down inside the
'
cowlings.

OlL
TANK

OlL SYSTEM
BREATHER

OIL TANK
FlLLER NECK
ERFLOW
DRAlN

SECTION
DRAINS

THROUGH
ANK AET ROW

DRAIN VALVE

SYNCHRONIZER
CORRECTOR UNIT
DRAIN-LEFT ENGINE
ONLY
HYDRAULIC PUMP
DRIVE DRAIN

FUEL PUMP
DRIVE DRAIN

B.FC U
DRAlN

LOW
,
FUEL PRESSURE
SWITCH VENT
(PRE-MOD252OBS)

CENTRE

SECTlON
ORAIN

/
FUEL PRESSURE
DIFFERENTIAL
SWITCH DRAIN

MANUAL
VENT
DRAIN VALVE
DRAINS TANK

JET PIPE
FAIRING

PRIMER
MANIFOLD
DRAIN

DRAIN

EXHAUST
CONE DRAIN
n283.X

71-06-0

Engine

drains

system
Fig.2

Mod.25236T

Page 2
June 76 (Z)

TiL

D VISIOEN

ENGEINNE

VIPER
PRACTICES
DRAINSSYSTEM MAINTENANCE
-

1. Inspection/Check
A. Check leakage

rates

(1) Run engine

at idling

(2) Check forward

(a) Hydraulic

speed

(see

drain;

leakage

fluid

or engine

5 cc/hour
(b) Fuel
from synchronizer

oil

2 cc/hr.

pump drive drain only; no leakage

unit
left engine only.
corrector

unit

disconnect

drain

BFCU drain

NOTE: With engine

tank;

from drains

static,

leakage

(4) Check 1.p.

acceptable.

fuel

filter

differential

(5) Check fuel

1.p.

switch

drain;

at

must not exceed

must not exceed 5 cc/min.

pressure

no leakage

leakage

switch

is acceptable

drain

Pre mod.252367
after
immediately
otherwise
no leakage acceptable.
-

for

it

leakage

temporary

starting

after starting
(Mod.252367)
immediately
drain valve closed; no leakage acceptable.
*

is

is acceptable.

NOTE: Mod.252367 only

to check the centre section
must be disconnected
from the drains tank.
-

no leakage

drain;

(6) Check exhaust cone and centre section

drains;
no leakage
except temporarily during starting
and shut-down.

(8) Check primer drain

motorized shut-off

pipe

tank drain.

(3) Check BFCU to drains

(7) Check primer drain

leakage acceptable,

acceptable

NOTE: To check synchronizer

unit.

(a) Disconnect
2 cc/min.

71, GENERAL).

must not exceed:-

from fuel
corrector

Chapter

with

71-06

-0

Page 201
June 76 (Z)

ENGINE

BRISTOL

DIVISION

ti AI NTE NANCE
VIPER

"6

COMBUSTION CHAMBER/CENTRE
SECTION DRAIN

MAINTENANCE
PRACTICES

1. Removal/Installation
A. Remove combustion
Special

tools

chamber/centre

drain

valve

and equipment

Spanner for drain

Torque wrench

valve

...

(1) Isolate

section

electrical

(2) Gain access

relevant

...

to engine.

power supplies

(See Chapter

24, GENERAL).

the engine.

a tray beneath

Firewire

PE.8653
PE.25492 or T2EM1987BR

...

...

...

to, and place

(3) Disconnect

bolts

retaining

...

connections.

element

NOTE: See Chapter 26, FIREWIRE SENSINGELEMENTSfor details

seals,
blanks, etc.
(a)

Disconnect

the aircraft

the bracket

unit

lead from the termination

the
base
of the centre section
to

on
fitting
drain valve.

from the termination

on the

Firewire

secured

the Firewire
(b) Disconnect
bracket unit.
(c)

element

fitting

the support clip securing the Firewire element to the bracket

Carefully
move the element to avoid its possible
damage.

Remove

unit.

the Firewire

(d) Secure

support

temporarily

clip

to the bracket

leads and the engine rear main bearing

the aircraft
(4) Release
leads from the terminal blocks on the bracket unit.

the drain pipe from the centre

(5) Disconnect
Mod.252367 only, the drains tank.
the drain

(6) Support

of fittings,

valve

and the bracket

section
unit

drain

then remove

unit.

thermocouple

valve,

and,

the four

bolts.

retaining

the drain valve and bracket unit away from the engine, do not lose
distance
between the valve body and bracket unit.
the
pieces interposed

(7) Lift

(8) Install

a blank

(9) If necessary,

(1) Place
(2) Fit

service

combustion

B. Install

on the centre

chamber/centre

a new sealing

spring

the drain

washers

washer

section

casing.

valve

as described
drain

section
on the drain

on the retaining

Discard

bolts.

valve

the sealing

in paragraph

washer.

2.

valve
body.

71-06-11
Page 201
June 76 (Z)

ENGINE

BRISTOL

DIVISION

ti AI NTE NANCE
VIPER
...Combustion

chamber/Centre

section

drain

(3) Offer the valve into position,

hand side of the casing.

Maintenance

the outlet

with

practices

continued

union facing

the right-

the bracket unit (with the stencil led letters

'L' and 'K' toward
(4) Position
Interpose
the front of the centre section casing) on the drain valve.
pieces between the valve and bracket unit.
four distance
(5) Secure the assembly with
bolts to 80 to 90 lbf.in.
(6) Connect the centre
and, Mod.252367

the drain pipe

(7) Tighten
drain pipe union nut.
terminal

blocks

union nut then wire-lock

leads and the engine

on the bracket unit.
Firewire

element

rear

it

valve

support

outlet

union

to the primer

main bearing

ring

to the

leads

connections.

See Chapter 26, FIREWIRE SENSING ELEMENTSfor

fittings,
torque loading, etc.
seals,

(a) Remove the Firewire

Torque load the

washers.

to the drain

the aircraft

(9) Connect relevant

NOTE:

and spring

section
drain pipe
drains tank.

-the

(8) Connect

the bolts

clip

from the bracket

details

all

of

unit.

positioned
on the
(b) Make sure that the rubber grommet is correctly
Firewire element then secure the element to the bracket unit with
its support clip.
(c) Remove the blanks from the termination
element end-fitting.

fitting,

and the Firewire

(d) Fit a new sealing washer to the Firewire end-fitting.

end-fitting
gland nut and check that the assembly is
Chapter 26.

the Firewire
the locating

Draw back

correct

the

see

element end-fitting
into the termination fitting,
lugs and slots then screw up the gland nuts.

(e)

Insert
engage

(f)

Torque load

(g)

Firewire
Connect the aircraft
leads to the termination fitting
then
wire-lock
leads to the termination
the Firewire element and aircraft
fitting.

the gland nut

-(see

Chapter

26.

test the engine fire detection

(h) Functionally
Chapter 26, FIRE DETECTIONANDWARNING.)

and warning

system.

(See

(10) Start the engine (see Chapter 71, GENERAL)and check that the centre
section
drain valve closes then stop the engine and check that the drain
valve opens.

Page 202
June 76 (Z)

BRISTOL

Rous

ENGINE

MAINTENANCE
VIPER

in

...Combustion

section

chamber/Centre

DIVISION

drain

practices

Maintenance

continued

2. Servicing
Special

tools and equipment:

Spanner
A. Service

for valve retaining

drain

...

...

...

...

PE.8709

valve

(1) Disassemble

the drain

valve.

(a) Unscrew the drain

valve retaining

(b) Withdraw the valve,

(2) Inspect

nut

the drain

(a) Wash all

spring

nut with

and valve guide

the tool kit spanner.

insert

from the valve

body.

valve.

components

in clean

dry them in an air

kerosine;

blast.

and retaining
nut for condition.
(b) Examine the valve, valve guide insert
Check the seating
of the valve and valve guide insert for pitting
and
corrosion.
Slight pitting
can be removed by light lapping.
(c) Wash away all

traces

of abrasive.

(d) Check with marking compound that

(3) Assemble the drain
(a)

Install

100% seating

is obtained.

valve.

the valve guide insert

in the valve

the spring and valve into

(b) Install
components in the valve body with
kit spanner.
*

body.

Secure the
the valve guide insert.
the retaining
nut, using the tool

71-06
1
Page 203
-1

June 76 (Z)

ENGINE

BRISTOL

DIVISION

ti AI NTE NANCE
VIPER
TURBINE/EXHAUST
CONEDRAIN

MAINTENANCEPRACTICES

1. Removal/Installation
Special

tools and equipment

Spanner for drain

Tension wrench

valve
...

A. Remove turbine/exhaust
(1) Gain access

to, and place

the drain

(3) Support

the drain

(4) Lift

(5) If necessary,

a new seal

(1) Place

pipe

cone drain

from the drain

valve

valve.

cone.

valve

Discard

the seal washer.

in paragraph

2.

body.
and a wire-locking

bolts

tab on

position
and secure with the retaining
bolts.
wire-locking
tab
forward
position
and
in a
outlet union.
into
bolt

NOTE: On left-hand
engines,
the valve outlet
(viewed from the rear) and vice-versa.
(4) Torque load the retaining
(5) Connect and wire-lock

bolts.

retaining

as detailed

on the retaining

spring washers
(2) Install
of
one
the bolts.

PE.8653

PE.25491 or T2EM1986BR

valve

on the drain

washer

(3) Offer the drain valve

Position
the retaining
adjacent
to the valve

...

and remove the four

the drain

service

...

...

the engine.

away from the exhaust

valve

...

valve

a tray beneath,

valve

valve

turbine/exhaust

B. Install

...

...

cone drain

the drain

(2) Disconnect

bolts

retaining

bolts

the drain

union faces

to the right

to 60 to 70 lbf.in.
valve

pipe

to the drain

valve

union.

(see Chapter 71, GENERAL)and check that the drain

(6) Start the engine
valve closes.
Check that the drain valve opens when the engine is
stopped.
-

2. Servicing
Special

tools

Spanner
A. Service

and equipment
for valve retaining

drain

(1) Disassemble

nut

...

...

...

...

PE.8709

valve

the drain valve.

71-06 21
Page 201
-

June 76 (Z)

BRISTOL

ENGINE

DIVISION

MAINTENAN CE
VIPER
...Turbine/exhaust

cone drain

Maintenance

(a) Unscrew and remove the drain

practices

valve

continued

retaining

using

nut,

the tool kit

spanner.
(b) Withdraw the valve,
valve body.
(2) Inspect

the drain

(a) Wash all

spring

and valve

guide

from the drain

insert

valve.

components

in clean

dry them in an air

kerosine;

blast.

(b) Examine the valve, valve guide insert

and retaining
nut for condition.
and
Check the seating of the valve and valve guide insert
for pitting
remove by light lapping.
corrosion.
If slight defects
are present,
(c) Wash away all

traces

(d) Check with marking

(3) Assemble drain

(a) Install

of abrasive.
compound that

100% seating

is obtained.

valve.
in the valve

the valve guide insert

body.

(b) Install
the spring and valve in the valve guide
components in the valve body with the retaining
kit spanner.
*

insert.
Secure the
nut, using the tool

71-06-21
Page 202
June 76 (Z)

C mm

MAINTENANCE MANUAL

PRIMER DRAIN

Fault
Excessive
internal
leakage
Valve has
slow transit
or will not
operate when
selected.

TROUBLESHOOTING

Probable

cause

Remedy

Defective
valve
seal(s)

Replace
seal(s)

(1) Valve bearing

stiff
or

Remove valve

from system
investigate.

jammed.
(2) Actuator

faulty.

Replace

and

actuator.

71-06-31
Page 101
June 76 (Z)

H ms

MANUAL

MAINTENANCE

PRIMER DRAIN

PRACTICES
MAINTENANCE

1. Removal/Installation
A. Remove primer
(1) Isolate

shut-off

drain
electrical

valve

to, and place

(2) Gain access

to the engine

power supplies

(3) Disconnect

the electrical

(4) Disconnect

the primer

tray beneath

a drip

(see

Chapter

24, GENERAL).

the engine.

from the shut-off

drain

valve

pipe between

the shut-off

valve

and drains

drain pipe between

coupling.

the shut-off

valve

and the

connector
drain

motor.

tank.
the primer
(5) Disconnect
primer manifold spill

(6) Remove the four nuts, washers and bolts,

low pressure
remove the shut-off
filter;
B. Install

primer

drain

shut-off

securing
valve.

valve

(1) Assemble the drain valve to its base plate on the engine
filter
with the four existing
nuts, bolts and washers.
NOTE: The valve

is mounted with

(2) Connect the primer drain

manifold spill
coupling.

the electrical

from the valve

pipes

(3) Tighten

the pipe union nuts and wire-lock.

(4) Connect

and tighten

(5) Check the valve

to the engine

the valve

the electrical

operation

connection

low pressure

connection

to the drain

tank, and,

to the shut-off

valve

electrical

supply

the electrical

input

to the H.E. Ignition

the

isolated,

NOTE: The setting

of the valve is indicated
by a "see-feel"
gearbox, when looking forward
mounted on the actuator
the valve.
unit

device,
onto

(rear

bay).

(c) Select RELIGHT-ON(pilot's

shut-off
valve closes.

roof

CG).

panel

Check that

the primer

electrical
(d) Ensure that the engine services
power is isolated
connect the input supply to the H.E. Ignition
unit.

(6) Replace

motor.

as follows:

(a) Check that with the engine services

primer drain valve is 'open'.

(b) Disconnect
equipment

inboard.

facing

the engine

cowlings

as necessary

and

tray.
7131
06
Page 201

and remove the drip

June 76 (Z)

MANUAL

MAUNTENANCE

POWER PLANT BUILD LIST

l. General
stand is available
If a power plant servicing
power plant) build the power plant as detailed

(capable of holding
in para.2A.

a complete

(capable of holding an engine

or parking stand is available
If only a transit
change unit (e.c.u.)
alone) install
in the aircraft
and complete
the e.c.u.
in POWER PLANT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
the build of the power plant as detailed
(Chapter 71).
-

power plant is required,

and only an e.c.u.
If a replacement
of the opposite
is available,
as detailed
in
change the 'handing'
of the e.c.u.
'handing'
ENGINEGENERAL SERVICING (Chapter 72).
-

power plant is required,

and only a power plant of the opposite
If a replacement
strip the replacement
power plant to the e.c.u.
stage
handing is available,
in para.2B).
(as detailed
Change the 'handing'
of the e.c.u.
and, either
the e.c.u.
in the aircraft
and then build up the power plant or build
install
stand prior to installation.
up the power plant in a servicing
from one power plant to another,
must
Items, which are to be transferred
in accordance with the routine maintenance
receive inspection
clearance
inspections.
build

2. Power plant

These procedures
assume that during build,
and that, during build or strip,
correctly
used.

NOTE:

Materials

the e.c.u.
a servicing

is 'handed'
stand is being

required:

jointing

For lubricants,
A. Build

and strip

etc.

compounds,

see Chapter

71, SERVICING MATERIALS.

power plant

(1) Left engine only

rods.
over control
(a) Fit

bell

crank

Fit

rod bell

control

block

and secure

with

crank block

tab washers

and horizontal

cross-

and bolts.

(b) Fit throttle

rod (painted
green) and h.p. fuel cock rod (painted
black) to bell crank and engine levers using a bolt, and tab washer
for each connection
to the engine and a bolt, washer, nut and split
pin at bell crank levers.
(2) Fit

starter/generator

NOTE:

(a)

Check dowel holes

clean.

outlet

in engine

casing.
mounting

face

clean starter/generator
Using white spirit
traces of old lubricant
from starter/generator
sleeve;
dry using compressed air.

(b) Lubricate
(c)

and air

stud

Fit casing,
and locating

(d) Fit

spring

and air

drive

outlet

casing

are

shaft and also remove

extension
drive grease

threads.

complete with air

dowels engaged.

washers and nuts;

duct,

with exhaust

duct

facing

downward

torque load nuts to 140 to 160 lb.in.

71 09Page 11
-

-1

June 76

H ms
MAINTENANCE

...Power

plant

build

MANUAL

continued

list

(e) Pre mod.257127

with lubricant.

Pack starter/generator

(f)

Mod.257127 starter/generators
seal to grease retainer.

(g)

Lubricate
generator

threads

extension

only

and contact

faces

lubricate

drive
and fit

of attachment

shaft

sleeve

new 0-ring

clamp and starter/

splines.

(h) Fit starter/generator

with
clamp nut to 120 lb.in.

air

with

inlet,

duct aligned;

torque load

NOTE: When finally

torque tightened to the correct loading,
between the clamp ends must be 0.052 to 0.285 in.

tip of thermal switch

(j) Lubricate

(k) Pre mod.251800

on engine.
(3) Right

engine

only

only

Connect

Fit windshield

and fit

a new 0-ring

switch.

thermal switch
supply

a.c.

(a) Lubricate

and fit

(b) Lubricate
air inlet

new quill shaft,

fit quill shaft
duct facing inboard and locating

(c)

threads

Lubricate

(d) Secure with

and faces

of attachment

(a)

rear

(c)

and align generator

dowel engaged.

with

clamp.

hose to generator

after

cowl.

Fit rear cowl over exhaust

rear piston ring type seal

(b) Fit

generator.

load clamp nut to 55 to 60 lb.in.

NOTE: Fit air inlet duct and connect

installation
of top cowl.
(4) Fit

to terminal block

cables

seal.

and torque

clamp ring

the gap

plain

washers

unit, avoid
over collar

and bolts

to affix

fouling Firewire,
on exhaust unit.

and engage

cowl.

Fit plain washers and bolts to affix access panel (complete

differential
pressure
switch) in front of drains tank.

(d) Tighten

all

attachment

(5) Connect and tighten

wire-lock.
(6) Connect extension
switch.

fuel

fuel

with

bolts.
differential

to harness

pressure

and harness

switch

hoses

to fuel differential

to 1.p.

filter

pressure
Page 2
June 76 (Y)

ms

MMNTENANCE

...Power

plant

build

list

continued

(7) Connect power loss

and wire-lock.

jet pipe fairing,

(9) Fit

compressor

air

NOTE: Ensure seal

(a)

air

and thread
bleed

Tighten

through clamp.

leads

and profile

washers.

to top of guard.

is attached

tapping elbow to engine.

threads.

Lubricate

(c) Using new gasket

fit

compound to the mating

and secure

faces

of the elbow and

spring washers

elbow with

NOTE: One stud carries

a wire-locking
a clip for the igniter
cable.

tab and another,

and nuts.

on the left

engine,

to 70 to 80 1b.in.

(d) Torque load nuts

nose cowl.

and fit new seals, to front

(a) Lubricate
icing duct.
Position
duct in engine.

and rear

(b) Offer up nose cowl, engage anti-icing

engine with stiffnuts
and bolts.

duct,

NOTE: Do not tighten bolts

(c) Fit fire

attachment
(d) Attach
(e)

exhaust.

thermocouple harness

valve guard using stiffnuts

(b) Apply approved jointing

centre section.

(11) Fit

on engine

hose to adapter

indicator

(8) Fit

(10) Fit

MANUAL

extinguishant
pipe,
bolt at left side

harness

(12) Connect fire extinguishant

pipe nut and wire-lock.
(13) Mod.252367 only
(14) Connect,

tighten

Fit

completion

mounting clip,
of the engine.

and clamp linking

primer shut-off

and wire-lock

drain

nose cow1 to

of (c) and (d).

bracket
bolt

on nose cowl
at top of engine.

nose cow1 to anti-icing

spray pipe to left

anti-

of engine

and assemble

to nose cowl attachment

and clip

Connect bonding wire

until

joints

side of engine.

valve (see Chapter

duct.

Tighten

71, PRIMERDRAIN).

pipes.

drain to drain valve and, Mod.252367 only, to drains

(a) Centre-section
tank. Right engine only, connect and tighten clip linking Firewire
connector
to drain pipe.

71-09-11
Page 3
June 76 (Y)

MAINTENANCE

...Power

plant

build

(b) Primer

MANUAL

continued

list
drain

(c) Mod.252367 only

To inlet

(d) Drain from b.f.c.u.

and outlet

to b.f.c.u.

(f)

Left

(g)

Engine breather
with cowling.

only

Synchronizer

(T5) Connect flexible

(16) Fit

closure

fire

(17) Fit

warning

gland;
pump.

wire-

until

pipe

is aligned

Do not wire-lock

switch.

yet.

Wire-lock.
hose to spray

to outboard

plate

front

ring

around nose cowl; wire-lock.

mounting

face

position.

compound to the closure

jointing

(a) Apply approved

face.
(b) Secure
bolts,
1b.in.

Fuel 1.p.

both ends.

drain.

unit

do not wire-lock

To engine,

cone drain.

(j) Exhaust

corrector

valve.

tank; wire-lock

and drain

Drain pipe to oil tank filler

neck and fuel pump drive
lock each end.
Connect to hydraulic
pump when fitting
engine

both ends.

shut-off

of primer

(e)

(h) Pre mod.252085 only

plate

and mounting

closure plate to engine mounting face; using front mounting

spring washers and distance
pieces;
tighten bolts to 150-170

closure

to outboard

plate

trunnion

mount.

compound to closing

jointing

(a) Apply approved

(b) Secure closure plate using trunnion mounting

tab washers.
Tighten bolts to 150-170 lb.in.
B. Strip

wire-lock

tank and engine banjo;

to drains

plate

and mounting

face.

bolts and two new double

and engage tab washers.

power plant

(1) Disconnect

power loss

indicator

hose at adapter

on engine

exhaust.

cross-over
(2) Left engine only
Disconnect horizontal
control
discard split
crank and engine levers;
pins and tab washers.
-

(3) Left engine only

Disconnect
casing; discard tab washers.
-

(4) Remove starter/generator

(a) Pre mod.251800 only.
terminal block.

control

and air

rod bell

outlet

Disconnect

crank block

rods

from bell

from compressor

casing.

thermal switch

cables

from engine

71-09-11
Page 4
June 76 (Y)

MMNTENANCE

...Power

plant

build

list

MANUAL

continued

(b) Remove thermal switch.

(c)

Remove cooling

(d) Slacken

air

inlet

duct.

clamp ring.

(e) Withdraw starter|generator.

and washers and withdraw

(f)

Remove nuts

(g)

Mod.257127 only
grease retainer.

only

(5) Right engine

Remove

(a) Slacken

clamp ring

(b) Discard

0-ring

(6) Disconnect

drain

(c)

at b.f.c.u.

at engine

(g)

Left

NOTE:

only

cone drain,
nuts

retaining

(8) Remove hot air

fire

tank.
pump.

banjo.

Fuel 1.p.

unit drain

corrector

via access
and slide

switch.

warning

Synchronizer

panel

in rear

pipe

Discard

seal

to the replacement

from left

side

pipe.

cowl.

guard off compressor

tapping elbow from engine.

extinguishant

only disconnect

banjo.

and fuel

neck,

This elbow must be transferred

(9) Disconnect

shaft.

Right engine

and drains

tank filler

at oil

Pre mod.252085 only

(7) Slacken

shaft

to pipe.

tank and engine

at drains

(f)

(h) Exhaust

and quill

generator

valve.

at drain

drain

other items

breather

engine

from drive

generator.

a.C.

and withdraw

Drain from b.f.c.u.

(e) Engine

intact.

pipes.

drain

(d) Drain pipe

of old lubricant

duct

seal.

(a) Centre-section
clips securing
(b) Primer

traces

Remove all

with exhaust

casing

air

bleed

valve.

and fit

blank.

power plant.

of engine.

(10) Remove nose cowl.

(a) Disconnect

bonding

wire

and clamp linking

anti-icing

duct

to nose cowl.

Page 5
June 76 (Y)

MONTENANCE

...Power

plant

build

list

continued

(b) Release
engine.

fire

(c)

cowl and ease

Release
seal.

extinguishant

extension
(13) Disconnect

pipe support

from engine

duct

harness from fuel differential

lead from harness.
fuel

pressure

differential

bracket

to disengage

forward

(11) Remove nose cowl anti-icing

(12) Disconnect

MANUAL

anti-icing
and discard

duct.

Discard

seal.

switch and disconnect

pressure
switch

at top of

and harness

hoses from 1.p.

filter.

CAUTION: HOLDFILTER ADAPTERSWITH SPANNERWHENSLACKENINGHOSENUTS.

(14) Mod.252367 only

DRAIN).
(15) Remove rear

Remove primer

shut-off

valve

Chapter

71, PRIMER

cowl.

(a) Remove access plate,

bolted in front
fuel differential
pressure
switch.
(b) Release cowl and move it rearward
and rear, piston ring type, seal.
(16)

(see

Remove closure plate

slave front mounting

of drains

off engine;

avoid

complete

with

fouling

Firewire

from outboard front mounting face position

bracket.
Tighten bolts to 150-170 lb.in.

and fit

NOTE: Place bolts,

spring washers,
distance
a clean bag and secure to engine.
(17) Remove closure
to replacement

tank,

trunnion

plate from outboard

engine.
*

pieces
mounting

and closure
position

plate

in

and transfer

71-09-11
Page 6
June 76 (Y)

oil

762

J.C.5A

Hermetite

Silkolene

Duralac

Titanine

Plastic

Hylomar

Colloidal

Bostik

Evostik

Loctite

Liquid paraffin

10

11

Grade

5007/3

1787

graphite

PL32

3389

751

Silkolene

100

starter

grease

paul

Aircraft

AeroShell

Engine

Product

Code
No.

B.P.

1310

grease

P. Ltd.

ducts,London

Co.Ltd.

Vendor

Kenilworth

Tech.white

DTD 900/4588

oil

Evode Ltd.,

B.B. Chemical
Leicester

See para.2

Stafford
-

Ltd.

Co.Ltd.,

Colloids

Achesons

DTD 900/4639

Ltd

N.18

for

r Derby

Mfg. Co. Ltd

Middlesex.

Marston Lubricants
Liverpool
.

Ltd.

Colindale

DTD 900/4586A

W.Drayton,

DTD 900/4134

Ltd.,
N.W.9.

Llewellyn
Ryland
Birmingham 12

Cambridge

& Co.Ltd.,Belp

& Co.Ltd.,Belper,Derby

Oil

Camlam Ltd.,

Dalton

Dalton

K.S.Pau

Regent

Titanine
London,

12

DTD 900/4488

DTD 900/4360

900/4344

DTD 5617

DTD 5617

DTD 806 A

DTD 806 A

See chapter

BRITISH SPECS

1787

code usage

Bostik

data

grease

MS No.]

starter

Hylomar PL32

Eclipse

Aircraft

grease

No.3l

oil

AeroShell

Engine

MIL-G-7187

MIL-G-718

See chapter

No.
12

AMERICANSPECS.

Inc.

B.B. Chemical
Massachusetts,

Company
USA

& Keith Ltd

Canada.

ube California

Kingsley
Montreal

Texaco

Oil

Vendor

USA

+>

'O'

faces

Specified

threads
10

'V'

clamp contact

specified

ring seals and

except when

C
0
D
E

jointing
Standard
compound

otherwise

threads

All

GENERAL

3
3

ENGINE

See para.]

for

materials

Starter/gen
extension
drive grease sleeve

Starter/gen
extension
female splines
drive

ACCESSORYDRIVES
Starter/gen
extension
drive
male splines

NOTE

pump

Quill shaft splines

Hydraulic

shaft

splines

Quil l

AC Generator

switch

thermal

Tip of

duct
Cooling
seal and attachment
bol ts

clamp
air inlet

Mod 257127.
Drive
spline grease retainer
and 'O' ring seal
Starter

ACCESSORIES
Starter
generator
Drive splines

and

C
0
D
E

DRAINS
Exhaust drain valve
bol ts
securing

Mounting and lifting

bracket
joint faces

Link bolts

MOUNTS
Bearings
of front
main

(including

POWERPLANT
accessories)

C
O
D
E

relevant

'O'-rings
systems

E.P.C.
rubber
bushes

to code

in fuel

and A.T.L.
mounting

B.F.C.U.,A.F.R.C.,

CONTROLLING
Synchronizer
corrector
unit mounting faces

FUEL AND CONTROL

11

C
O
D
E
IGNITION

D
E

UJ

and

intake

Jeant

anti-icing

faces

elbow

air

cond.supply

air

and

in anti-

seals

ANTI-ICING
section
Centre

ducts.

icing

'O' ring

GENERAL

AIR

C
O
ENGINE

CONTROLS

bolts

.aple

pitot

bolts

See para.1

ANALYZERS
Iw.Poacr

attachli.c

Therrt

for

securing

harness

INDICATING

TEMPERATURE

NOTE

C
O
D

materials

E
Exhaust

trimmer

bolts,

bolts,

cone

relevant

to code.

Cone and turbine

joint faces

Nozzle

Securing

lower

Securing
except

stator

bolts

lower

EXHAUST

O
D

INDICATING
Oil pressure
Transmitter
faces
mounting

OIL

....

anodized
surfaces

Reprotecting

Nitric
acid

Alocrom 1200

375/224

DTD900/4413

Epihard catalyst
656-452-004

magnesium and
aluminium
alloys

Thinners

DTD900/4492

Epihard varnish
700-452-004

Reprotecting

for

TS367D
Type 1 or 2

PL32

Trichloroethane

BS 3591

Solvent

spirit

TS367D
Type 1 or 2

Trichloroethane
(Genklene)

Synstrip

BS 245
BS 479

White spirit
Solvent naphtha

Methylated

for
3389 and
JC5A

Red Band Fluid

(Kearsleys)

Specification

Croda Ge1

Product

Solvent for
1310
Hermetite

Solvent
Duralac
Titanine

Cleaner and
agent
degreasing

Application

BRITISH

Pinchin

Green,

Ltd.,

I.C.I.
Ltd.,
(Chemical Division),
Slough, Bucks,England

West Bromwich,
Staffs.England.

Ryders

Synthite

I.C.I.
Ltd.,
(Chemical Division),
Slough, Bucks,England.

Johnson Ltd.,
Birmingham 16, England.

International

Croda Ltd.,
Goole,
Snaith,
Yorks, England.

Supplier

solvent
spirit

& Wiborg.
(Industrial
Finishes
Ltd.,)
Wharfedale Road,
Birmingham,
England.
Ault

Stoddarts
or Mineral

Product

Specification

AMERICAN

Supplier

(D
O.

(D

.-i.

in

o
1

(f

Rocket WD40
oil
Inhibiting

Anti-

Restoring
enamel

Power

loss
leak test

primer

system

Crack detection
on
non-ferrous
and
non-magnetic
ferrous
materials

fluid)

Compressor
Corrosion
De-watering

Thinners
No.TSLS373

No.CSH6331

Primer base
No.578/517
Catalyst
No.416/32
Thinners 485/80
or
Primer base
No.SL6362A
Catal yst

Grey enamel finish

base No.SL5459
Catalyst
No.CSH5538
Thinners No.TSL5373

Lensodel A or
Nonidet P40

Ardrox 996
dye penetrant,
Ardrox 902
developer

DTD5555A

Cold-curing
grey
enamel No.578/0588
Catalyst
No.416/0129
Thinners
No.485/80
or
Clear varnish
CO.5187

enamel

Restoring
clear
varnish finish

finish

Restoring

DTD5555A

DEF.STAN.68/10

AFS.307

Specification

Application

Product

BRITISH

Pinchin
Ltd.

Pinchin
Ltd.,

Pinchin
Ltd.,

International
Johnson

Pinchin
Ltd.

International
Johnson

International
Johnson

Ardrox Ltd.,
Commerce Road,
Brentford,
Middlesex.England.

International
Johnson

International
Pinchin
Johnson Ltd.
(J.Hall
product)
Rotton Park Street,
Ladywood,
Birmingham 16,
England

Supplier

Product

Specification

AMERICAN

Supplier

o.

2
y

-5

c+

-3

fT1

<

BRISTOL

us

DIVISION,

ENGINE

MAINTENANCE
VIPER

SERVICINGMATERIALS MAINTENANCE
PRACTICES
-

and painting

1. Cleaning

detail
the approved method of touching-up local damage
external
Where the anodised
finishes
on the engine.
surface under the finish of aluminium alloy components is also damaged,
the finish.
this must be treated prior to restoring

NOTE : These procedures

to the protective

A. Cleaning
(1) Loosen damaged enamel or corrosion products by scraping
non-metallic brush (e.g. nylon).
with a stiff
(2) Carefully

blend

(3) Remove loose

the edges of damaged areas with fine grade emery cloth.

particles

(4) Clean the affected

B. Restore

local

or by brushing

with a suction

area with a cloth

areas of anodised surface

hose or a clean,

fluff-free

cloth.

soaked in trichloroethane.
(aluminium alloy

components)

1200 IS POISONOUS. OBSERVEALL THE PRECAUTIONSAPPROPRIATE

WARNING: ALOCROM
TO THE USE OF CHEMICALSDURINGTHE PREPARATIONANDUSE OF THE

SOLUTION.
(1) Prepare

the solution.

(a) Pour one gallon of water into an acid-proof container.

(b) Add five ounces of alocrom 1200 powder and half a fluid ounce of
acid to the water.
concentrated
nitric
(c) Stir the solution thoroughly until the powder is dissolved.
A small
residue will remain and may be ignored.
(2) Degrease

the affected

(3) Apply the solution

end of a stick.

area with a cloth

to the area affected

soaked

in trichloroethane.

with cotton

wool swab on the

(4) Allow the solution to remain until a light brown or golden irridescent
This should occur within two to seven
film is produced on the area.
minutes, depending on the temperature and
the alloy being treated.
(5) Wash the surface

thoroughly in clean cold water.

WARNING: WASHTHE COTTONWOOLSWABSTHOROUGHLY

BEFOREDISCARDINGTHEM.
IF THEYARE ALLOWEDTO DRYWITHOUTWASHING,THEYCONSTITUTEA
FIRE HAZARD.
(6) Dry the component with clean,

moisture-free

compressed

air.

C. Touch-up

protective enamel (primer exposed)

(1) Clean the affected area as in sub-paragraph

A.

r
Page 201
Aug.78

saa
materials.-

...Servicing

ENGINE

BRISTOL

DIVISION,

MAINTENANCE
VIPER

Maintenance

practices

continued

the cold curing enamel; J. Hall product

(2) Prepare

(a) Mix together the following enamel and catalyst

equal volumes to the amount required.
Epoxy

Catalyst

...

...

...

...

(curing

agent)

in

No.578/0588

No.416/0129

the mixture thoroughly. If necessary, add thinners (No.485/80)

to obtain a consistency suitable for brushing or spraying.
Allow to
stand for 30 minutes before using.

(b) Stir

NOTE :

This enamel will

temperature.

the cold curing

(3) Prepare
(a) Mix

together the

remain usable up to 48 hours at normal room

enamel,

Pinchin

Johnson

product

in equal volumes to the

enamel and catalyst

following

amount required.
base
catalyst

Epoxy finish
Epoxy finish

No.SL.5459
No.CSH.5538

the mixture thoroughly. If necessary, add thinners (TSL.5373)

to obtain a consistency suitable for brushing or spraying.
Allow to

(b) Stir

stand for 30 minutes before using.

NOTE :
~

This enamel will

remain usable up to 8 hours at normal room

temperature.

(4) Apply the enamel to the affected

D.Touch-up

protective

(1) Clean

primer

the affected

(2) Prepare

(bare

area and allow

the primer, J. Hall product

Primer

Catalyst

base

for

5 to 6 hours.

metal exposed).

area as in sub-paragraph

(a) Mix together the following

the amount required.

to dry

A.

primer

and catalyst

...

...

No.578/517

...

...

No.416/32

in equal volumes to

the mixture thoroughly. If necessary, add thinners (No.485/80)

to obtain a consistency
suitable for brushing or spraying.
Allow to

(b) Stir

stand for 30 minutes before using.

NOTE :

This primer

temperature.

will remain usable up to 48 hours at normal room

71-09-21
Page 202
Aug.78

BRISTOL

g
...Servicing

materials

(3) Prepare

MAINTENANCE
VIPER

Maintenance

the primer,

(Pinchin

Johnson

the following
the amount required.
...

...

...

...

continued

practices

(a) Mix together

Primer base
Catalyst

DIVISION

ENGINE

product)

and catalyst

primer

in equal volumes to

No.SL.6362A
No.CSH.6331

(b) Stir the mixture thoroughly.

If necessary, add thinners
(No. TSL.5373) to obtain a consistency suitable
for brushing
spraying.
Allow to stand for 30 minutes before using.
NOT_E: This

primer will

or

remain usable up to 8 hours at normal room

temperature.
(4) Apply the primer to the affected area and allow to dry for a minimum of
enamel as detailed
4 hours before applying the finish
in sub-paragraph C.

of protective clear

E. Local restoration

varnish

is damaged or external
accessories
NOTE : Whenever the clear varnish finish
and engine components are disturbed
or changed in the area forward of
the combustion chamber, the following procedures should be adopted.

(1) Remove any loose

or flaking

varnish

and clean

trichloroethane.

the affected

area using

apply a
(2) When an accessory or component has been changed or refitted,
lacquer
to
the
attachment
area
and
of
Kearsley's
joint
surfaces
coating
of any new parts using a brush.
RUBBERCOMPONENTS.TAKEADEQUATEFIRE PRECAUTION: DO NOT CONTAMINATE
VARNISHEMITS A HIGHLY INFLAMMABLE
VAPOUR.
SINCE
THE
CAUTIONS,
(3) Allow to air

dry for the period stated

on the container

before

applying

a second coat.
magnesium of aluminium alloys
F. Reprotect
metal exposed).
(1) Prepare

the epihard

(a) Mix the varnish

proportions

clear

(treated

surface

damaged and bare

varnish.

and catalyst

(see list

of materials)

in the following

by volume.

3 parts varnish
1 part catalyst

base

71-09-21
Page 203

Aug.78

(gg

BRISTOL

ENGINE

MAINTENANCE
\/IIPER

E21

materials

...Servicing

(b) Stir

Maintenance

the mixture

NOTE : The varnish

If necessary,

for brushing

remain usable

will

to the affected

add thinners

to obtain a

or spraying.

temperature.

(2) Apply the varnish

2. Jointing

continued

practices

thoroughly.

suitable

consistency

DIVISION

up to 8 hours at normal room

area and allow to dry for 5 to 6 hours.

compounds

A. Apply jointing

compounds

(1) Clean both the joint

(2) Apply a thin,

faces

with

trichloroethane.
Leave the inner

of compound.

even coating

edges of the

faces clean.
(3) Allow the compound to become 'tacky' before mating the components.
the joint within 15 minutes of applying the compound.

Make

DOES NOT ENTER OIL HOLES OR PASSAGES.

CAUTION: ENSURETHAT COMPOUND
B. Remove jointing

compounds

Remove the compounds from the joint

preference
to scraping.
*

faces with the recommended solvents

*

in

71 09
-

-21

Page 204
Aug.78

HA

DE

VI

MAINTENANCE MANUAL

TORQUE

LOADING

MAINTENANCE

PRACTICES

1. General
Mandatory
torque loadings
in the chapters
Practices
of this section.
para

are
of this

quoted,

where

manual.

For

in the relevant
torque
loadings

applicable,
all other

Maintenance
to

refer

.2

figures
quoted are the actual
All torque
loading
is used
spanner
spanner
between
the torque
and
required
the correct
torque spanner
dial reading

if an extension
loadings
required;
item
tightened,
calculate
being
the
(see
Chapter
TORQUE
20,

LOADING).
2

Non-mandatory
All nuts
tightened

torque

loadings

which
bolts,
are
to the following
torque

and/or

Thread

in.
5/16 in.
3/8 in.
7/16 in.

in.

5/8
loading

Torque

to
bolt

and

loading,

Torque

loading

which

be

should

35

90

(1b.in.)

180
315
500
700
1300

clamps

ensure
that the contact
faces
of the clamp,
and
a clamp,
free from damage.
are
it is to be fitted,
Lubricate
the
in Chapter
threads
71, SERVICING
MATERIALS.
as specified

fitting

Before

parts

'V'

torque

a mandatory

:-

in.

to

subject

size

2 BA

3.

not

loadings

the

component

contact

faces

tighten
nut(s)
or bolt(s)
to the specified
loading,
the clamp
loading,
half a turn and then torque to the specified
Repeat
this sequence
loading.
This ensures
cease
to advance.
down correctly
until
the bolt(s)
that the clamp
beds
and maintains
the correct
torque loading in service.
When

torque

slacken

71-09-31

May

72

Page

201

VIER
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
PIPES

GENERAL

MAINTENANCE

PRACTICES

1. General
.

Exercise
Before

2.

Flexible

Pipes

A. Install

technique

a special

requiring

Chapter.

for

removal

and

installation

and

part

in their

detailed

are

pipes

flexible

the pipe

threads

(1)

Lubricate

(2)

Connect
possible

the pipe

(3)

Position

and

(4)

Ensure

(5)

connection
with
Hold each union
a spanner,
the pipe nuts.
Do not over-tighten

(6)

Wire-lock

3. Rigid

their

fittings
in approximately
Catalogue
for component

clips

Parts

if necessary.

relevant

union

connection

between

its

union

with

connections

clean

tighten

and

oil.

engine

the

as

nuts

far

as

by hand.

the pipe

secure

the pipe

the

is not

support

twisted,

to their

clips

kinked

positions.

relevant

distorted.

or

in

turn,

tighten

and

the

union

nuts.

nuts.

Pipes

A. Install

pipes

rigid

(1)

Lubricate

the pipe

(2)

Lubricate

and

connections

union

threads

connection

install
new
into position

the pipe

offer

Feb.68

install

Refer

positions.

numbers

Pipes

the relevant
to the Illustrated

a pipe,

installing

correct

pipes.

installing

when

care

O-seals
and

on the pipe
check

Tighten

the union

(4)

Check that the pipe support

clips
align
pipe.
imposing
side
stresses
on the

(5)

Hold
Take

nuts

as

each

union

connection

care

not

to over-tighten

Wire-lock

(7)

Position

that

clean

where

ends,

freely

it aligns

oil.

engine

then

necessary,

between

its

union

(3)

(6)

with

far

as

with

possible

by hand.
with

a spanner,
union

the pipe

their

anchorage

in turn,

and

points

tighten

the

without

union

nuts.

nuts.

the nuts.
and

secure

the pipe

support

clips

to their

relevant

positions.

71-09-41
Page

201

BRISTOL

grJ

m
...Servicing
2.

materials

MAINTENANCE
VIPER

Maintenance

DIVISlN

ENGINE

practices

continued

compounds

Jointing
A. Apply

jointing

compounds

(1)

Clean

both

(2)

Apply

the joint faces

thin,

even

trichloroethane.

with

Leave

of compound.

coating

the inner

edges

of

the faces

clean.

(3)

the compound
15
the joint within

CAUTION

B. Remove

jointing

3. Serviceability

captive

Nov. 69

nuts,

'tacky'

of applying

COMPOUND

before

the

mating

the

Make

components.

compound.

DOES

NOT

ENTER

OIL

HOLES

OR

compounds

test for

Self locking

minutes

THAT
ENSURE
PASSAGES.

Remove
the compounds
preference
to scraping.

(1)

to become

Allow

from

self

nuts

the joint faces

locking

may

the bolt

the

solvents

recommended

in

nuts

be used
cannot

with

repeatedly

be screwed

providing
the nut
in completely

on or

or,

in the case
by hand.

71-09
Page

of

-21

203

ms

MENTENANCE

MANUAL

TORQUELOADING MAINTENANCE
PRACTICES
-

1. General
Mandatory torque loadings are quoted, where applicable,
of this manual.
in the chapters
Maintenance Practices
torque loadings refer to para.2 of this section.
quoted
All torque loading figures
extension
spanner is used between

tightened,
Chapter
2. Thread
A. General

calculate

the correct

are the actual

in the relevant
For all other

loadings

required;

an

if

the torque spanner and the item being

torque spanner dial reading required (see

20, TORQUELOADING).
lubricants

use

Thread lubrication
in Chapter 71-09-21 General
is specified
Specifications,
or as specified in the relevant
Materials
-

B. Misuse of molybdenum disulphide

Servicing
procedure.

lubricants

lubricants
break down above 300 deg.C. (572 deg.F)
Molybdenum disulphide
sulphur which can induce stress corrosion
and premature failure
releasing
of engine parts so lubricated.
used in the higher temperature zones of the engine
Most of the bolt materials
therefore it is essential
that the supply
are sensitive
to sulphur attack;
molybdenum disulphide
limited
and use of lubricants
containing
strictly
is
to those parts for which they are specified in the manual.
3. Non-mandatory

torque loadings

which are not subject to a mandatory torque

All nuts and/or bolts,
:should be tightened to the following torque loadings
Thread

size

2 BA
i in.
5/16 in.
3/8 in.
7/16 in.
) in.
5/8 in.

This

space

Torque
-

intentionally

loading

loading,

(1bf.in.)

35
90
T80
315
500
700
1300

left

blank

71-09
Page

-31

201

Dec.79

ms

MAINTENANCE MANUAL

...Torque

loading

4. Torque loading

Maintenance

practices

continued

'V' clamps

Before fitting
a clamp, ensure that the contact faces of the clamp, and the
component parts to which it is to be fitted,
are free from damage. Lubricate
the contact faces and bolt threads as specified in Chapter 71, SERVICING
MATERIALS.
When torque loading, tighten the clamp nut(s) or bolt(s)
to the specified
slacken half a turn and then torque to the specified
loading.
Repeat
loading,
this sequence until the bolt(s)
cease to advance. This ensures that the
clamp beds down correctly
and maintains the correct
torque loading.in
service.

71-09-31
Page 202
Dec.79

BRISTOL

ENGINE

MAINTENANCE
VIPER

==2

SELF-LOCKING
NUTS
1. Re-use of self-locking

DIVISION..

MAINTENANCE
PRACTICES

nuts

A. General
of self-locking
nuts of the
The following procedures concern the fitting
self-Tocking
deformed thread type (including captive
nuts) and apply to
internal and externaT use; an internal
nut being defined as a nut within
To avoid the possibility
any engine casing.
of self-locking
nuts becoming
loose or detached (which could result in costly damage to the engine and
it is necessary to ensure that the efficiency
of
hazarding of the aircraft)
the locking feature, as measured by the 'Locking Torque' (run-down torque)
is satisfactory
at the time of fitting.
The measured run-down torque check, using a direct reading torque wrench,
must be complied with for all nuts of self-locking,
deformed thread, type used
and for nuts, with a thread diameter more than 5/16 inch, used
internally,
Nuts of this type, up to, and including 5/16 inch thread diaexternally.
may be checked by the manual method described
meter, used externally
in
sub-para.C where it is impossible to use the torque method.
B. Check the measured
(1) Ensure

run-down torque, with a direct

reading

torque wrench

that the threads of the bolt or stud are clean and undamaged
with clean engine oil (or as detailed in the relevant

and lubricated
instructions).

nut on the bolt or stud until the bolt or stud

(2) Screw the self-locking
end is flush with, or slightly
protruding
from, the nut end face.
reading torque wrench, check the
(3) Refer to Table 201 and, using a direct
load required to turn the nut or bolt.
During this operation,
ensure
that the thrust face of the nut does not contact the component face.
(4) Reject the nut if it has a locking torque below the value for size
given in Table 201, then select a new nut and repeat the measured rundown torque check until satisfactory.
NOTE: Scrap any nut which has obviously lost its locking qualities.
Do not attempt to restore,
or improve, the locking torque of
any nut.

Table

201 on following

page

71-09-51
Page 201
Aug.78

BRISTOL

ENGINE

DIVISION

II AI !!TEFIA91CE
VIPER
Table 201 Minimum run-downlocking torque for self-locking
MinimumTorque 1bf.in.

Thread Size
No. 4
No. 6
No. 8
No.10

UNF
UNF
UNF
UNF

0.5

1/4

UNF
UNF
UNF
UNF

3.5
6.5

5/16

3/8
7/16

1/2
9/16
5/8

Minimum Torque N.m.

0,06
0,12
0,17
0,23
0,4
0,73

1.0
1.5
2.0
9.5
14.0
18.0
24.0
32.0

UNF
UNF

UNF

nuts

1,1
1,6
2
2,7
3,7

C. Check the run-down torque manually

NOTE :

This procedure is an alternative

to that given in sub-para.B.
but
applies
nut
and
only to
sizes up to,
including 5/16 inch thread
diameter in external
areas where'it is impossible
to use the

torque method.
nut on the bolt or stud beyond the
(1) Attempt to screw the self-locking
locking section using maximumfinger pressure.
(2) If the nut can be screwed beyond the locking

a new nut and repeat

D. Checks on final

the check until

section
satisfactory.

reject

Select

assembly

During final assembly (after torque-tightening), check to ensure

minimumof one full thread (in addition to the chamfered portion
or stud end) is protruding beyond the outer face of the nut.
CAUTION:

it.

that a

of the bolt

INSUFFICIENT BOLTOR STUDTHREADPROTRUSIONIS UNACCEPTABLE.

71-09 51
-

Page 202
Aug.78

HAWKER SIDDELEY AVIATION

HS 12 5
MAINTENANCE

MANUAL

C OWLINGS
1. General
The

power

are
cowl)
remainder.

leaf)

by seven
plant is enclosed
two of which
(the nose
cowl
cowlings,
and rear
to the engine
to form a foundation
for the fitment
of the
bolted
directly
overduct is bolted
to the compressor
air bleed
Fig.1
A guard
valve,

via four quickly

Zone 1 is accessible
detachable
the bottom
cowlings:
the top cowl,
side
forward
cowl
and the two hinged
cowls.
The
side
cowls
have quick-release
hinge
Zone 1 cowls
pins,
but the remaining
are
via toggle fasteners
attached
also
used
to
lock adjacent
On the right
engine
cowls.
only,
the top cowling
has a flush intake
for
Zhen 2c generatorh
cooling
aiarre
a
respectively;

fillet
The

(via

by the rear

enclosed

the latter
the

is bolted
to the rear
fillet
and lower
shrouds)

upper

cowl

both
by quick-action

cowl

and

and

jet pipe

are

connected
rotary

to the

fasteners.

from Alclad,
construction,
fabricated
are
firewalls
(see
handed
are
they constitute
'Firewalls).
Cowlings
not interchangeable
between
the two power
are
plants.
Support
struts
them to be secured
hinged
cowls
to permit
in the open position
during
access/blow-out
panels
and small
Fire
panels,
giving access
to 'first
provided
where
points,
tank is bolted to, and
are
necessary.
A drains
ere 'Drains
ealthe
frwr Id1peadrte seahle rbee ecen
cohntokorl
lowered
of conventional

cowlings,

fairing

where

except
and

fitted

therefore
to the

servicing.

line'

servicing
completes

the

).wlings.

2.

Nose

cowl

and

intake

duct

cowl
and intake
duct comprises
three (permanently
joined) portions:
the
chamber
diaphragm
separates
and the duct.
A sealed
the
lip, the plenum
chamber
diaphragm
forms
the rear
lip from the plenum
and another
member
of the plenum
chamber.
The rear
of gauze
holes
diaphragm
has a number
with
chamber
in the side of the nose
which
link the plenum
Zone 1. A flush intake,
to the plenum
connects
chamber
directly
(see
'Ventilation').
cowl,
The

nose

intake
intake

-covered

of duct
and the section
An anti-icing
by hot air.
chamber.
A series
the plenum
within
inner
at the rear
periphery
and others
cowl
anti-icing
for nose
air
exhausts

The

intake

and

anti-iced

double
the diaphragms
are
skinned
distribution
duct
are
and manifold
housed
of the intake
of small
holes on the outside
lip,
of the duct form
of the double
portion
anti75 for 'Engine
and intake
(see
Chapter

between

lip

air

-skinned

icing').
Attachment

points

for

debris

guards
Fig

May

2/66

and
.1

intake

blanks

are

provided

on

the

nose

cowl.

overleaf

71-10
Page

HAWKER

SlDDELEY

AV1ATION

RS 125
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

AfR INLET

ZONE2

VENTILATION

-NOTE
UPPER AND LOWER
FILLET SHROUDS,ON
SURFACES OF REAR OF FILLET,
SHOWN IN 71 -OO FIGS J AND 2
AIR OUTLET
ZONE I.VENTILATION

TOP

VENTILATION

MANIFOLD

OIL FILLER ACCESS

\

COWL

DOOR

AIR OUTLET
AIRJE

REING

EF

HINGEDACR

NLLETNBOARD

ONE I

COWL

HINGED

COWL-

'
AccESS

PLATE

(DETACHABLE.)

DRAINS

TANK

NOSE COWL AND

INTAKE DUCT
-)(

BOTTOM FRONT
COWL

7HO
Page 2

5TARTER

AIR INLET
GENERATOR

COOLING

Cowlngs
Fig.\

COMPRESSOR
AIR BLEED
VALVEGUARD
DUCT
(SEE CHAPTER
75)

to43

May 2/66

HAWKER SlDDELEY AVIATION

| HS 12 5
MANUAL

MAINTENANCE

MOUNTS
1. General
power

Each
via
of

the main
the engine.

is secured

attachments
rear

on

mount

only;

by two
to the airframe
the side of the engine
the front mount
merely

Main

mount

Each

main

mount

links

attachment

plate which
spherical
bearing,
centre

trunnion)
trunnion

an

the

to lugs
bearing

on

outer

the

race

compressor

in engagement

mates

links

attachment

and

casing
with

the

is applied

supports

and
mounts

two fixed-length

The

trunnion

outer

carries
the trunnion
in the side of the
the socket

with

are

to the airframe
aligns
the front
to facilitate
the

trunnion,

a central

the

of which

Thrust
in both

portions:
socket.

to the airframe;

The

section.

basic

engine-mounted

is bolted

a base
engine

three

comprises
and

incorporated

are

(Fig.1)

assemblies

mounting

Spherical
bearings
plant.
of a power

alignment

2.

plant

to

connected

bolted

trunnion

end

is forged

integral

with

of

(one
base

above

and

one

below

plate,

to

retain

the

the

socket.

casing

via the trunnion

spherical
Thrust
loads are transmitted
from the engine
bearing;
plane are carried
in conjunction
with the attachby the trunnion
loads in the vertical
ment
links
.

3.

Front
The

mount
consists
front mount
on the airframe

to lugs

of a forged
structure

and

Fig.

Aug.

21/64

(DH.6)

mounting

bracket

compressor

bolted,

via

spherical

bushes,

overleaf

71-20
Page

Dii

MlNENANCE MANUAL

MOUNTING

BEAM

FRONT

MAIN ENGINE

MOUNTING

BRACKET

MOUNTIM

MOUNTINUGGBRAC

SHOULDERED

FRONT MOUNTING
BRACKET

BOLT

'1
MAIN

MOUNTING
BOLT

SPHERICAL

SPHERICAL
BEARING

SOCKET IN ENGINE
SECTION CASING

MAIN ENGINE MOUNTING

LINK

7\ -2O
Page 2

Mounts
Fig. I

SHOULDERED
NUT

BEARING

CENTRE

IM2/I

Aug 2l/64 (DH.6)

IAwrt

DDELEY AVIATION

HS 12 5
MAINTENANCE

Mounts

Maintenance

practice

MANUAL

s continued

2. Inspection/check
A. Check
NOTE

wear
:

on mounts

between
the main engine
between
the front mounting
and the attachment
bracket
bolts and shouldered
nuts
(Fig. 1).
The max.
acceptablesworn
clearance
between
any of these bolts
or shoulderednuts
and the bore of the link or mounting
is 0. 0025 in.
bracket
If an excessive
0.4992
clearance
a new bolt and shouldered
nut (diameter
new
exists,
0.4997
vibration.
If the bore of the link or bracket
in.) may cure
(diameter
new 0.500
0.501 in.) is excessive,
either
fit a new link or
(and bolt) or refer
bracket
Repair
to Structural
Manual.
When
the mounts
use the grease
specified
in SERVICING
assembling
(Chapter
71).
MATERIALS
Excessive
mounting

vibration

links

and

has

been

attachment

to

attributed

bolts,

and

wear

also

71-20

Nov. 72
Page

203

HA

DE

VI

MAINTENANCE MANUAL

MOUNTS
1. Unit

MAINTENANCE

PRACTICES

servicing

A. Reposition

tools

Special

and

Torque
NOTE

and

mounting

equipment

wrench

...

slinging
engine

change

unit

the

It is assumed
(1)

Connect

(2)

Take

(3)

hoist

NOTE

and

lower

each

...

...

slinging

After

it from

release

bracket

face

remains

removing

each

positions.

(5)

Fit

See

retaining
Fig.201)

(7)

Lower

(8)

Remove

(9)

Fit

on

(11)

into

Fit

(12)

and

removed
mounting
bracket,
see Fig
new
using

tab

upper

bracket

mounting

lock

(13)

Connect

(14)

Take

(15)

Fit

face

with

tab

hoist

and

weight

washers

bracket
new

tab

and

liner

ensure

retaining

plate

the

clean

new

and

bolts

original

to

new

position

right

lb in.

see

(2 left

(3),

fitted

or

with

tab

washer.

Fig.201).

and

washer

lock

and

to

position
bolts

new

original

1 right

Fig.201),
original

and

in operation

(1 right

or

Fig.201).

see

in operation

removed

bolts

(9)

and

(8),

(11) to 70-80

lb in.

slinging

of e.c.u.,

mounting
using

bolts

retaining

Fig.201);

see

compressor.

to 70-80

bracket
(3 left and right
lifting
see
position
new tab washers
using

tighten

it clear.

in operation

.201)

Torque

66(Y)

bolts

(3 left

bracket

stand.

approved
faces;
apply
before
fitting
the items in their
MATERIALS.
SERVICING

washer

secure.

lifting

2 right

from

new

and

Sept.30/

plate

stand

and
a left-hand
vice
versa.
mounts

casing.

and

Remove

to

tab

new

and

PE.25492

appropriate

PLANT
Fig.201)

compressor

retaining

e.c.u.

2 left
(10)

with

plate,

tighten

Torque

(4 see

the
changing

hoist

and

bracket

mounting

...

e.c.u.

stand

(1 left or
in position.

POWER

plate

retaining

(4 see

(6)

...

e.c.u.

to the

equipment

from the
jointing compound
jointing compound
to these faces

Remove

...

in a transit

is mounted

old

(4)

...

a right-hand

to

(e.c.u.)
e.c.u.

mounting

mounting
:

...

of e.c.u.,

weight

Remove
at

...

procedure
details
the method
of repositioning
as part
of the procedure
for
brackets,

This

brackets

slinging

equipment

it from

release

in operation

removed
washers

to

and

original

e.c.u.
stand

and

hoist

it clear.

(10) to the remaining

bolts.

mounting

71-20

HAWKER

SIDDELEY

AVIATlON

HS 12 5
MAINTENANCE

...Mounts
(16)

Maintenance

practices

tighten

Torque

MANUAL

continued

to 70-80

bolts

retaining

lb in.

lock

and

tab

with

washers.

--NOTE
TO CHANGE 'HANDING' OF REAR MOUNTS AND LIFTING
ATTACHMENTS TRANSFER ITEMS FROM POSITION NUMBERS
SHOWN ON LEFT ENGlNE TO THOSE SHOWN ON RIGHT
ENGINE AND VICE VERSA.
FIT BRACKETS CORRECTLY WITH WEBS TO REAR

No.I
ENGINE

No.2
ENGINE

FUSELAGE

LEFT

RIGHT

3l74

REAR MOUNTS AND LIFTING ATTACHMENTS

VIEWED

Relative

position

FROM

of rear

Remove

front

mounting

(18)

Remove

front

mounting
original

washers

NOTE
(19)

Torque

(20)

Fit

(21)

Transfer

(22)

Lower

71-20
Page

and
:

front

Retaining

tighten

engine

retaining

slave
mountings

into

lifting

brackets

201
(painted

bracket

red).

it, complete
bracket
and transfer
by slave
position
vacated
to
bolts,

rings

mounting

front

slave

and

mounting

Fig.
(17)

REAR

stand

must

be to rear.

bolts

to 150

bracket
on
and

and

-170

lb in.

torque

and

tighten

with

lock

with

to 150

-170

tab

washers.

lb in,

stand.
secure.

Aug.
202

tab

new

bracket.

16/65

(Y-DH.17)

HARDEYIN

MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Mounts

Maintenance

practice

s continued

2. Inspection/check
A. Check
NOTE

wear
:

on mounts

the main engine

has been attributed
to wear between
attachment
and also between
the front mounting
bolts,
and the attachment
nuts
bracket
bolts and shouldered
(Fig. 1).
The max.
nuts
acceptable
worn
or shouldered
clearance
between
any of these bolts
and the bore
at the link or mounting
bracket
is 0. 0025 in.
If an excessive
clearance
nut (diameter
new 0.4992
exists,
a new bolt and shouldered
0.4997
If the bore of the link or bracket
in.) may cure
vibration.
(diameter
new 0. 500
0. 501 in.) is excessive,
either
fit asnew
link or
bracket
(and bolt) or refer
Repair
When
to Structural
Manual.
the mounts
use the grease
specified
in POWER
assembling
PLANT
SERVICING
MATERIALS.
Excessive

mounting

vibration

links

and

71-20

Feb.68
Page

203

BRISTOL S-SIDDELEY

VIPER
MANUAL
MAINTENANCE

LlGHT DUTY ELECTRICAL HARNESS

ANTI

ICING

PRESSURE

ANTI-ICING

SWITCH

BCAD

TACHOMETER

ACTUATOR

BCADE

SEYNCHRONJZER

CSA

B
A
Y
Z
C
D
X
W
T
S
R
L
K
UE
J
M
N
HG
F
Q
P

PRIMER
SOLENOID

A
OIL PRESSURE
TRANSMITTER

FUEL

O1L
TEMPERATURE

OIL LOW PRESSURE

WARN1NG SWITCH

FUEL LOW PRES5URE

WARNING SWITCH

DIFFERENTIAL

PRE55URE

BWITCH

A
B

0 A

DATUM

SOLENOID

RESET
VALVE

C
0 A

OB

RATE RESET
VALVE
ISOLAT1NG SOLENOID
NOT

--

H-

en

--

VALVE

USED)

TOP TEMPERATURE
UNIT
CONTROL

----

FLOWMETER

9033.

3711 1

Theoretical
May. b7

diagram of harness
Fig. I

71- SO- l4
Page I

ROLLS

BRISTOL

ENGINE

DIVISION

II Al NTENANCE
VIPER
ELECTRICALHARNESS MAINTENANCE
PRACTICES
-

1. Adjustment/Test
Equipment

required

500 Volt Megger (insulation

test)
Buzzer or lamp Equipment (continuity

A. Test

insulation

resistance

test).

of harness

(1) Using a 500 V. Megger, check the insulation

socket insert, and all the remaining inserts

resistance
between each
in the socket.

this check between each insert and the socket shell.

case the reading must not be less than 40 Megohms.

(2) Repeat
B. Test

continuity

In each

of harness

(1) Using a buzzer or lamp equipment, check that there is continuity

throughout the wiring system (refer to the wiring diagram).
NOTE : During this

test a maximumpotential

of 4.5 Volts d.c.

should be

used, passing no more than 0.5 amp. current.

71-5 0 &
-1

Page 201
Aug.78

MAINTENANCE

.lST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES: CHAPTER72

Refere

ENGINE continued
Refere

Refere
e & Date

Contents-72
1
2

Aug.78 (Y)
Mar.74

72-00-01
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
301
302
303
401
402
403
404
405
501
502
601
701
72-00-11
1
2
3
4
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
201
202
203
204
72-00-21
201
202
203

Indicates

MANUAL

pages

May 2/66
Mar.67
Mar.67
Sept.30/66
Sept.30/66
Mar.67
June 68
Aug.78
Aug.78
Aug.78

68
June 68 (Y)
May 1/65
Jan.30/65
Sept.67
Sept.67
Jan.87
Sept.67
June 68
June 68
Jan.87
Aug.78
June 68 (Y)
Jan.87
Jan.87

72-00-41
201
202
203

Nov.72
Nov.72 (Z)
Nov.72 (Z)

or deleted

June 80
June 80
Nov.68
June 80
June 80
Nov.68
Nov.68
Nov.72
Nov.72
Nov.72
Nov.72
Mar.74
Nov.72
Nov.72
Nov.72
Nov.72
Nov.72

72-09-12
801
802

Nov.72
Nov.72

72-09-13
801
802

Nov.72
Nov.72

72-20

by the

401
402
403
404
405
406

Nov.72
Nov.72
Nov.72
Nov.72
Nov.72
Nov.72

601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
72-30-121
801
802

Jan.87
Jan.87
Jan.87
Jan.87
Jan.87
Jan.87
Jan.87
Jan.87
Jan.87
June 68
June 68

72-30-131
801
802

June 68
June 68

72-30-141
801
802

Aug.78
June 76

72-50
401

402
403
404
405
406

407

current

& Date

72-30

72-09-11
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808

72-20-121
801
802

Feb.69
Mar.69
Feb.69

added

Jan.31/64
Mar.67

72-00-71
201
202

June

& Date

72-00-31
201
202

72-00-51
201
202
203
204
205
72-00-61
201
202

Aug.78
Aug.78
Aug.78
Dec.79
Dec.79
Dec.79
Dec.79
Aug.78
May 72

revised,

ge

June 68
June 68

601
602
603
604
605

Dec.79
Dec.79
Dec.79
ec.79
Dec.79
Dec.79
Dec.79
Dec.79
Dec.79
Dec.79(Y)
-Dec.79(Y)
Dec.79(Y)

revision.

Effective

pages-72

Page 1
Mar.87 (522)

ms

.lST OF EFFECTIVEPAGES:
Refere

CHAPTER72

MANUAL

MAINTENANCE

ENGINEconti

Refere

Refere
e & Date

72-50-111
801
802

lued

ge

e & Date

& Date

Nov.72
Nov.72

72-60

201
202
203
204
205
206
207

Nov.72
Nov.72
Jan.87
Jan.87
Nov.72
Nov.72
Katr.87

72-60-151
801
802

June 68
June 68

72-60-161
801
802

June 68
June 68

72-60-171
801
802

June 68
June 68

72-60-181
801
802

June 68
June 68

Indicates

pages

revised,

added

or deleted

by the

current

revision.

Effective

pages-72
Page 2

Mar.87(522)

me

ALUNTENANCE MANUAL

Chapter

72

ENGINE
TABLEOF CONTENTS
*

72-00-01
*
*

No separate
No separate

GENERAL72-00-11
72-00-21
72-00-31
72-00-41

description

maintenance

Lubricating

practices

system

Oil tank
Hymatic RV.34/7
valve
Tank relief
Oil pump assembly
Tecalemit
PE.7714
Micro pumps
Micro pump
Tecalemit PE.7716 (Mod.CV7444)
Oil filters
(and magnets Mod.CV7445)
Oil-pressure
relief valve
Static
sealing valve
Common procedures
Approved repairs
Marking components
Identification
of cracks
-

72-00:51
72-00-613
72-00-71

72-09-11
72-09-12
72-09-13
*

72-20

72-30

72-30-121

72-30-131

72-30-341
72-50

wire inserts

COMPRESSOR

Approved repairs
Mounting bracket positions,
Salvage scheme V28758

72-20-121

AIR INLET

Approved repairs
LP fuel filter
location, wire inserts
Salvage scheme V27289
Mounting bracket location steel inserts
Salvage scheme V29651
Zero-stage
blades

TURBINE
72-50-111

Approved repairs

EXHAUSTCONE
See 72-00-01
72-60
*

ACCESSORYDRIVES
Approved repairs
72-60-151
Hydraulic
pump
Salvage scheme
72-60-161
Oil level plug
Salvage scheme
72-60-171
Extension cover
Salvage scheme
72-60-181
Starter/generator
Salvage scheme
-

location,

wire inserts

wire inserts

V29648

location,
V29644

location,

wire

inserts

V41939

location,

wire inserts

V27248

72-CONTENTS
Page 1
Aug.78 (Y)

mm

MAINTENANCE MANUAL

...Contents

continued

LIFE LIMITATION

ENGINE PARTS

Engine parts that are subject to a life limitation

are listed in the 'Hawker
Ultimate Lives' section of the HS 125 Maintenance
Siddeley and Proprietary
Schedule.
The list

recording,

of parts

also appears, together with details of the method of

5-10 of the Rolls Ro.yce Viper Overhaul Manual.

in Chapter

LIFE CONTROL ENGINEPARTS

-

A record of flight
a life limitation.
A flight

cycles

c.ycle unit

One start/take-off/stop,
Three 'touch and go'

for all

is required

engine parts

that are subject

to

as, and equal to, one 'Flight'.

is defined

equals one 'Flight'.

operations are equal to two 'Flights'.

72-CONTENTS
Page 2
Mar.74

BRISTOL

SIDDELEY

VIPER
MAINTENANCE.
MANUAL
ENGINE

1. Description

GENERAL

operation

and

A. General
The

(Figs.

Viper

compressor,
annular

bearings;

1,2

3) is a straight-flow

and

to

flowing into the air intake

progressively
through
where,

the

reaches

the

guides

with

an

eight-stage

axial

impulse/reaction
turbine,
and an
combustion
is mounted
The rotating
assembly
in three main
chamber.
and a roller
a ball bearing
at the front
bearing
at the centre
and rear.
direct

coupled

is directed

Air

airflow

turbo-jet

a single-stage

centre

the

into

air

section,

combustion

COMPRESSOR

ENTRY
EMBLY

BEVEL BOX UNIT

RN1NGMAIN

stage,
a two

by entry
guide
the pressure

chamber,

COMPRESSOR

A1R 1NTAKECASING

DRIVE TO
ACCESSORY GEARBOX

each

airflow
stage
where
fuel

CASING

IGNITER PLUG

RE MAIN

CENTRE SECTlON
CASING

BLADE SHIELD
UNIT

straightening

OUTER
FLAME TUBE

compressor

When the
blade assembly

COMBUSTION
CHAMBER CASING

/ INNER

CENENRSEONECTION

CENTRE SECTION
DRAIN VALVE

the

is injected.

PRIMARY
A

EL FEED PIP

MPRRESSOR

into
vanes
is increased.

TURBlNE
L

EXHANUSACLONE

REAR MAIN
BEARING

STAY PIN

EXHAUST
INNER CONE

DIAPHRAGM

TURBINE STATOR
UNIT

EXHAUST OUTFR
CONE AND
PROPELLING
NOZZLE
19l3f

Sectioned

view

Fig.

the

Initially

mixture

is

of

a value

acceptable

From

the

a resultant

May

2/66

the

stream

combustion

drop

zone,

to the turbine

combustion

chamber

in pressure

engine

by two igniter

ignited

temperature

combustionraisesthe

of

and

and the ensuing

continuous
downthe gas.
Immediately
air is introduced
the gas temperature
to reduce
is air cooled.
The turbine
wheel
blades.
and

plugs

velocity

the gas flow

temperature.

of

is

expanded

The

through

the turbine,

to

with

energyabsorbedbytheturbine

72-00-01
Page

BRISTOL

SIDDELEY

VIPER
MAINTENANCEMANUAL

10

2\

20

19

18

17

1. COT.O.USTION
CHAMBER
OUTER
CASING.
I
IM
R UNITS.
3. GENTitESECTIONCASING.
CE:C
ML[eERVLYVALVEAND
4. ANH
AC 1 ATOR
MALY
5. OLL i C:K.
Oll.
J.iMK PM
URE RELiEF
VALVE.
r i. CTMLC?,L
MVICES C NNECTIONS.
F1TOT
PEAD SERVING
PRESSURE
NA fin..'.'.
CH.
CASING.
9. AIR INTAKE
10. NO EBULLE.T.
SC.}N:
MOUNTING
11.
FRONT
DRACKET,
lZ. SCAVENGE
OIL FILTER.
2.

,\

72-OO-Ol
Page 2

3/4

15 14 13

16

13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.

I2

8404
8
3723/2

NY G
M:CRUPUMI
.UN
U:L
LOW PNV
UK
JJ.
SU.1
OILPM
.sU IOMAT
E TUML
I.]MIT
>.
Fj:
1.
L
1 7
107
L
i L
N
0.1.
E1. LOW P
SW' TC]l,
CONTROL
UNIT.
TOP TI MPRATURF
CAS]Nr
OMPRELSOR
IGNITOJ
l UG.
1 PIPE
FUEL
FFF
Ui CS
X. AR MOUN I :G JU:ACNa
ENGINE
TS.
ACCE,

19.
20.
l.
Li
Z.L
.'L

Right hand view of engine

Fig.2

Mar.67

BRISTOLg-SIDDELEY

VIPER
MANUAL
MAINTENANCE

10

22

2\

20

19

18

LIFT
1. ENGINE
FRONT
G ANACM
T
2. ANTI-ICING
AIR SUPPLY
ADAPTER
(TO POD NOSF' COWL).
3. ANTI-ICING
AIR DUCT.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

9.
10.

(COMPRESSOR
PRESSURF
RATIO SWITCH
AIR BLEED
CONTROL
SYSTE'.!).
SOLENOID
VALVE
(DATUM
RESETTING
OF COMPRESSOR
AIR BLEED
VALVE).
COMPRFSSOR
AIR BLEED
VALVE.
TURBINE
SHIELD.
CONE
AND PROPELLING
EXU.iUST
NOZZL.E
AS5EMBLY.
THERMOCOUPLE
HARNESS.
FNGINE
MOUNTING
TRUNNION
HOUSING.

3/4

Mar.67

16

17

11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
U>
17.

18.
19.
20.
21.
Z.

15

14

13

12

Il

FNGINE

REAR I
ING
BRACKET.
RATIO
CONTROL.
VALVE.
M FOLENt..W1
MAT
NENET VALVE
BAROMFTRIC
FLOW CONTROL
UNIT.
HREATHER
CONNECTION.
FUEL
PUMP,
SYNCH:US:ZER
CORRECTOR
UNIT
T.H .ND ENGINT
(LE:
ONLY),
TACHOMFT
R/SYNCHRONIZER
A.C.
GEN
A
M.
BAROMETRIC
PIICT
M:RVING
i
FLOW CONTROL
UNIT.
HYDR.40L
C PUU.P
LCC.iilON.
OCT.1ION.
A.C.
G:.
R,\TOR

ME/

UEL

PR::.

.n

Lef t hand view of engine

Fig.3

72-00-0

Page 3

BRISTOL g-SIDDELEY

VIPER
MAINTENANCEMANUAL
.

- General

Engine
wheel
a

continued

to drive the compressor

is utilized
elhrough
ae eheha
herhee gaash
gh

For descriptive
purposes,
the engine
Compressor,
Combustion,
Turbine,
drives
and gearbox.
Accessory
B.

Air

inlet

section

The

light

alloy

and

serves

intake

air

Directs

the

Houses

the front

Houses

a bevel

the

casing

the following

rotating

the

box unit

the

Embodies

of

the

rotating

centrally

breather

the

Accommodates

le.inally

On leaving
the
discharged
to

to the front

end

of

the

Air

inlet,

and

the

compressor

casing

:-

to an accessory

engine

accessories.

anndz

compressor.

bearing

assembly

the

cohne

sections
is divided
into six main
cone
nozzle
Exhaust
and propelling

is bolted

purposes

into

air

and

assembly.

in the casing
gearbox

transmits
the drive
the base of the casing.

which
at

from

system.

compressor

entry

guide

blade

its

at

assembly

rear.

one providing
air
(Pl) for the
two pitot heads,
sensing
of the compressor
air bleed
valve
control
system,
the
other
providing
air to the barometric
flow control
unit
(b.f.c.u.)
and
sensing
the automatic
thrust limiter
(a. t.1.)
of the fuel system.

Provides
pressure

ratio

C. Compressor
The

for

location

switch

section

compressor

comprises

two

major

the

components,

rotor

and

the

casing.

The rotor
and has eight
bearings
stages,
the initial
stage
is mounted
in two main
rzero'
rotor
blades
are
being referred
to as the
The zero
and first
stage
stage.
six stages
steel
and their
of fir-tree
are
blade roots
are
form.
The remaining
all light
for the last which
and all are
riveted
to their
is steel,
alloy,
except
part of the compresrespective
forms
dises.
assembly
The bore of the rotating
sor
pressurizingandturbine
seal
bleed air systems
(Chapter
bearing
cooling
75).
Internal
shaft
to engage
and
serrations
at the front
of the rotor
receive
a quill
drive
the bevel box unit in the air intake
Serrations
at the rear
of the
casing.
rotor
mainshaft
the drive.
are
engaged
the
turbine
thus
transmitting
by
serrations,
consists
bolted
together
at their
of two half-sections,
blades
are
retained
halves
which
The stator
in carrier
ring
locate
grooves.
Two separate
shield
in the casing
blade
units
encircle
the casing
at the location
of the first
chamber
two stages.
An annular
in the casing
is linked
to the compressor
fourth
stage
by a series
of radial
the outlet
from the
ports,
chamber
by an air bleed valve
being controlled
(Chapter
75).

The

axial

compressor

D. Combustion
There

are

combustion
tube s (Fig.

72-00-01
Page 4

casing

joint flanges.

section
four

major

chamber

components
casing

and

in this section
concentrically-mounted

the

centre

inner

section
and

outer

casing,

flame

1).

Sept.

30/ 66

BRISTOL

SIDDELEY

VIPER
MAINTENANCEMANUAL
...Engine

General

continued

1.
2.
3.
4.

Scrap

centre

extension

centre

sectiondetailof

section/combustion

airflow

front

face

Houses
bearing

the

the

Incorporates

the compressor

the centre

centre

is housed

Provides
feed pipe
with

from

blade

straightening
of

and

section,
rear

main

in the rearward

locations
for
units
(burners)
engine

Primer
Primary

unit

unit
air

tube

chamber

is bolted
to the rear
of the compressor
:serves
the following
purposes

the air

Directs
stage

section
and

Fuel

plug
feed pipe

Fig
The

Igniter

mounting

into
assembly.
and

forms

bearings

has

casing,

a rearward

the combustion

through a two
chamber,
This blade assembly
is bolted
to the
the final stage
of stator
blades.

of

the

rotating

assembly.

The

rear

extension.

of the starting
units
fuel
the primer
of the main
system
and the igniter
trunnion housings
(Chapter
71).

system,

plugs,

the fuel
together

chamber
integral
annular
which is in direct
communication
with
air and provides
connections
to the engine
and
anti-icing
delivery
air bleed control
systems
(Chapter
fuel system
75), engine
units,
73) and the Aircraft
services.
an

the compressor
compressor
(Chapter

poppet-type
A spring-loaded
drain
carries
an overboard

drain
pipe.

valve

is secured

to the base

of

the

Secured to the rear

of the centre
the combustion
chamber
section,
casing
flame
for the turbine
tubes and provides
the mounting
the inner and outer
and the exhaust
cone
the flame tubes are
At their front
at its rear.
ends,
plate which incorporates
primary
and.secondaryair
to an air tube support
Deeply-grooved
within
the plate being retained
the centre
section.
flanges
rear
in the turbine
end of the flame
tubes engage
support
rings
assembly,
permitting
axial
expansion
of the tubes.

Sept.30/66

casing

and

encloses
stator

unit

secured

tubes,
at the
thus

72-00-01
Page

BRISTOL

SIDDELEY

VIER
MAINTENANEMANUAL
.

Engine
E.

General

Turbine

continued

section

outer
chamber
casing
cone,
the turbetween
and the exhaust
the combustion
extension
bine stator
unit
has a rearward
that provides
the turbine
wheel
shroud.
The stator
inner
is bolted
to a conical
support
ring
secured
on the centre
to a flange
section
extension.
The forward
end of the turbine
chamber
is closed
by a diaphragm
attached
to the rear
of the centre
section
inner
and the stator
ring.
Bolted

the turbine
wheel
the
shaft
being
mounted
mainshaft,
to engage
the compressor
rotor.
ing forward
into
five segments,
a damper
divided
wire,
height.
blade
at 80% blade
A hollow
end

F.

bolt

clamp

Exhaust

cone

Bolted

to the

pelling

nozzle

and

propelling

has

housings

in

the

retained

by

capnuts.

outer

in addition,
the
Provision
is made
in
thermocouples
and a
made
interchangeable
the drain
valve
to be
end;

drives

G. Accessory
The

on the
unit

for

drives

bottom

in the

air

gearbox

provides

onFig.5

(looking

and

stator

accessories

are

casing.

to the

casing

and/or

mountings

The

gearbox
drives

housed

in the

each

incorporates

turbine

gearbox
mounted
from the bevel
box
shaft.
drive
The

accessory

drive
is transmitted
through
a radial
for the following

accessories

as

shown

the front).

3.
4.
5.
6.

7.

'

through

passes

unit

rear

extend-

ring,

2.

3'

wheel

and

secured

l.

which

bearing

main

turbine

the

at

gearbox

engine
of the intake

from

The

serrations

radial
rear

prothe exhaust
cone
and its integral
to it by three
radial
staypins
that locate
in
and in the vanes
cone
of the inner
cone.
The pins are
drain
A spring-loaded
valve
is housed
at the lower
forward
outer
is encircled
casing
at this location
by a turbine
shield.
the exhaust
cone
for the installation
of exhaust
temperature
power loss pitot (Chapter
77).
The complete
assembly
is
for left or right-hand
installation;
any such
change
requires
moved
to its alternative
position.

all

intake

in

nozzle

of the turbine
cone
an inner

rear

to the
the

secures

of the

Oil pump.
AC generator.
engine
(front
only).
face R.H.
Starter/generator
(rear
face).
Hydraulic
pump
(front face).
Fuel pump
(rear
face).
Tachometer/synchronizer
generator.
gearbox.
Drive
to accessory

5
19t4x

Detail

72-00-01

Page

of drive

to accessories
Fig.5
Adar./67

BRISTOL

us

DIVISION

ENGINE

MAI NTE NANCE

VIPER

om

...Engine

General

continued

The gearbox
incorporates
pipe to the oil pressure

oil

drain,

level

filler

and

plugs

for

a connection

and

the

transmitter.

2. Data
Type of engine
Engine
system
mounting
Dimensions
air intake
front
Length,
to final nozzle
flange
...

centre

line

...

Maximum
horizontal
Maximum
vertical

Centre

width
centre

(at

height

(at
line

...

...

...

...

...

...

Viper
Mk.
See Chapter

522
71

...

...

...

85.050

in,

nominal

...

...

28.200

in.

...

...

32.850

in.

...

...

,,,

...

,,,

,,,

...

...

816 lb.

...

...

806

engine

line)

centre

engine

of gravity

Left-hand

engine

Right-hand

engine

2.600
in.
housing.

forward

of

trunnion

2.300
in,
housing.

forward

of

trunnion

Weight
Left-hand
Right-hand
NOTE

E.C.U.

engine

engine

These
safe

E.C.U.
weights

quoted

are

tackle

lifting

and

will

as
not

lb.

a guide
only
be subject

to
to

ensure
regular

the

use of
amendment

action.

Exhaust

system

Nozzle

June/68

...

...

...

...

13. 64 to 13. 70 in. dia.

72-00-01
Page

BRISTOL

Rous

ENGINE

DIVISION,

li AI NTE NANCE
VIPER

==L

ENGINE GENERAL SERVICING

-

1. Unit servicing

to the left

NOTE: Reference
the rear.

Special

or right

hand side of an engine is as viewed from

tools and equipment

Torque wrench

..

..

NOTE: These procedures

PE.25492 or T2EM1987BR

..

detail

the method of changing a left-hand

It is assumed that the e.c.u.

right-hand and vice versa.

a transit stand.

A. Change 'left-hand'

to 'right-hand'

e.c.u.

(1) Remove and reposition exhaust cone, and its drain

nozzle trimmers (see 401 page block).
(2) Reposition

the power loss pitot

(3) Mod.CV7135

(see para.

exhaust cone static

Reposition

(4) Mod.CV7284 engines

ENGINEINDICATING).

Reposition

and exhaust

valve,

1C).
pressure

thermocouple harness

(5) Reposition
the engine mounting brackets
Chapter 71, MOUNTS).

pipe;

see para.1D.

(see Chapter

and the rear lifting

corrector unit, transpose the fuel inlet

(See Chapter
body and reposition e.c.u. and engine name plates.
ENGINE FUELANDCONTROL).

(7) Release the serrated

plugs and position
ring nut on both igniter
plugs with their connections facing as follows:plug

plug

5 forward

horizontal
Torque-tighten
Chapter 80).
B. Change 'right-hand'

the serrated
e.c.u.

union
73,

the

and down from the engine

line.

ring nuts to 240 to 260 lb.in.

(see

to 'left-hand'

exhaust cone and drain

(1) Remove and reposition
trimmers (see 401 page block).
(2) Reposition

(see

downward from the engine

line.

vertically
horizontal

Left-hand

77,

bracket

(6) Remove the synchronizer

Right-hand

to a

e.c.u.

is mounted in

the power loss pitot

(see para.

valve and exhaust nozzle

1C).

72-00

-01

Page 301
Aug.78

riEdit

BRISTOL

ENGINE

DIVISION.

MAI NTENANCE
021

...Engine

general

(3) Mod.CV7135

continued

Servicing

VIPER

exhaust cone static

Reposition

pressure

pipe;

see para.lD.

Reposition
(4) Mod.CV7284 engines
thermocouple harness
PRACTICESChapter
MAINTENANCE
INDICATING
77).

(see ENGINE

(5) Reposition
the engine mounting brackets
Chapter
71, MOUNTS).
(see

lifting

and the rear

bracket.

the synchronizer corrector unit, transpose the fuel inlet union

(6) Install
e.c.u. and engine name plates (see Chapter 73,
body and reposition
ENGINE FUELAND CONTROL).
the serrated

(7) Release

plugs with their

Right-hand

ring nut on both igniter

plugs and position
connections facing as follows:-

plug

45

forward

horizontal
Left-hand

plug

Torque tighten

the serrated

(1) Remove the power loss

discard
seal.
(2) Remove the blanking
discard seal.

ring nuts to 240 to 260 lb.in.

connection
and its

pitot

plate

and down from the engine

line.

60 forward and
down from the engine
horizontal
line.

the power loss pitot

C. Reposition

elbow from the exhaust cone;

from the alternative

(3) Lubricate the pitot and blanking plate

Chapter 71 SERVICING MATERIALS).
(4) Fit

the

pitot

retaining

mounting position;

bolt threads (see

the power loss pitot, a new seal and the elbow, to the exhaust cone
with the bolts.

and secure

the blanking plate and a new seal, to the alternative

on the exhaust cone, and secure with the bolts.

(5) Fit

(6) Torque tighten

(7) Wire-lock
D. Reposition

both sets

of retaining

position

to 60-70 lb.in.

bolt heads together.

exhaust

cone static

pressure pipes (Mod.CV7135)

NOTE: This procedure is necessary

has been changed.

(1) Slacken

bolts

pitot

when the 'handing'

the union nut at each pipe connection

of the exhaust cone

(Fig.301).

72-00-01
Page 302
Aug.78

(51

BRISTOL

ENGINE

MAINTENANCE

31

general

...Engine

DiVISION,

VIPER

continued

Servicing

(2) Remove the banjo

pivot

(3) Remove the bolts

and tabwashers securing

bolts

from the pipe units.

the pipe clips

to the exhaust

cone.
(4) Separate

and remove the sections

of the pipe assembly.

(5) Remove the banjos.

the pipes at the twelve o'clock position on left-hand

(6) Commence installing
engines and at the three o'clock position
on right-hand engines.
(7)

the banjo pivot bolts together with their banjos and new sealing
washers.
Do not tighten the pivot bolts at this stage.
Install

(8) Connect

the pipes to their respective

NOTE: On a left-hand engine

position
and at eight

~~

(9) Tighten

the pivot bolts,

banjos.

the take-off

banjo is at the four o'clock

for the right-hand engine.

o'clock

wire-lock

all connections

and secure all

support

clips.

-2

9060

1. BANJO PIVOT BOLTS

2. STATIC PRESSUREPIPE UNIT

3. TAKE-0FF UNION
Static

pressure

pipe details
Fig.301

6485

72-00-01
Page 303
Aug.78

BRISTOL

ggy

DIVISION

ENGTNE

MAINTENANCE
\/IIPER

BER

ENGINEGENERAL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
-

cone

exhaust
1. Removal/Installation
Special tools and equipment
Torque wrench
Socket (special)
Socket
Extension

A. Remove exhaust

..

..

..

..

..

..

..

..

..

..

..

PE.25492 or T2 EM1987BR
T2 BJl326SN
PE.8653
T2 EC3022SN

cone

(1) Release and remove the drain valve setbolts

the exhaust cone. Discard the seal washer.

then lift

the valve

and bolts securing the turbine shield

(2) Remove the stiffnuts
Withdraw the shield rearward.
brackets
to the engine.

away from

support

stiffnuts
and bolts.
(3) Support the exhaust cone and remove the securing
it to a bench.
Lift away the cone and transfer
Take care not to damage
the mounting face.
SCREW
CAUTION: DO NOT REMOVETHE STIFFNUTS FROMTHE FOURCOUNTERSUNK
LOCATIONS;THESE RETAIN THE TURBINEOUTERCASING.
of exhaust cone is being changed:(4) If the 'handing'
valve-position;
(a) Remove blank from alternative
drain
discard
seal.
position:
(b) Fit blank to alternative
fit a new seal.
(c) Torque tighten set bolts to 60-70 lb. in.
(d) Wire lock set bolts to each other.

the turbine wheel with a suitable cover.

compound from the exhaust cone and turbine
(6) Clean jointing
joint faces with warm water.
Dry with compressed air.
(5) Protect

8. Install

exhaust

(1) Apply a thin

the exhaust

outer casing

cone
coating of grease (see Chapter 71, SERVICING MATERIALS)to
cone and turbine
shield retaining
bolt threads.

compound (see Chapter 71, SERVICING

(2) Apply a thin film of jointing
MATERIALS)to the exhaust cone and turbine stator casing joint faces.
NOTE : Compound must not obstruct
casing flange and ring.

air

holes

between

the exhaust cone to the engine (drain valve

and secure with four bolts and stiffnuts.
locating
(4) Offer the turbine shield into position,

(3) Fit

turbine

location
it

stator

at the bottom)

by the drain

valve

aperture.

of the turbine
(5) Mark on the exhaust cone the positions
brackets
bolt locations;
use tailors
chalk.
retaining
(6) Remove the turbine

shield

support

shield.

72-00-01
Page 401
Mar.74

ggg

BRISTOL

ENGTNE

MAINTENANCE
VIPER

BER

...Engine

general

DIVISION

continued

Removal/Installation

(7) Coat the shanks of six of the exhaust cone attachment

compound (see Chapter 71, SERVICING MATERIALS).

bolts

with jointing

the remaining exhaust cone securing bolts and stiffnuts

except
marked locations and torque tighten at 80 to 90 lbf/in.
in the six lower positions.
bolts are to be fitted
N_gT_E
: The coated

(8) Fit

(9) Position the turbine

stiffnuts.
(10) Torque tighten

shield

and install

the bracket

securing

at the

and

bolts

the stiffnuts

to 80 to 90 lb. in.
(11) Mod. CV7197 engines only, check that a clearance of at least 0.180 in.
exists
between the rear end of the turbine shield and the exhaust cone.
(12) Fit a new seal washer and the drain valve on the exhaust cone,
arranging
the valve with its outlet union facing away from the direction
of the exhaust nozzle offset.
(13) Lubricate
the setbolt threads with graphite grease (see Chapter 71,
all

SERVICING MATERIALS).

tab to the front

(14) Fit the bolts; fit the bolt equipped with a wire-locking
position
adjacent to the outlet union.
the drain valve setbolts to 60 to 70 lb. in.
(15) Torque-tighten
(16) Wire-lock

the setbolts

to each other.

(17) Check that the following

(see.301 page block).

exhaust

attached

are correctly

components

(a) Mod.CV7284 Thermo-couple harness (see Chapter

(b) Power loss pitot.
(c) Mod.CV7135 Exhaust cone static
pressure pipe.
-

handed

77, ENGINE INDICATING).

(18) Reposition
necessary

exhaust

cone nozzle trimmers and/or

and 1D).

(19) Ground run the engine to check performance

Chapter
C. Reposition
(1) Release
bolts.
(2) Lubricate
blanking

(3) Install

trim exhaust

nozzle

as

(see paras.1C

at 100% rev/min.

(see Fig.502,

71-00).

exhaust cone nozzle trimmers

the tabwashers and remove the trimmers and, if fitted,

(see Chapter
bolt threads;

71 SERVICING MATERIALS) the trimmer bolt

install
new tabwashers on the bolt.

blanking

and

the trimmers (Fig.401).

CAUTION: ENSURETHATTHE TRIMMERSANDTRIMMERGUIDES ARE NOT DISTORTED.

(4)

Install

the blanking

bolts

in unused trimmer locations.

72-00

-01

Page 402
Aug.78

BRISTOL

ggy

MAINTENANCE

:::

...Engine

general

Removal/Installation

(5) Torque-tighten

DIVISION

ENGINE

VIPER
continued

the trimmer and blanking

to 80 to 90 lb.in.

bolts

(6) Ground run the engine to check performance

Chapter 71-00).

(see Fig.502,

at 100% rev/min
i

es44

LEFT-HAND

RIGHT-H

ENGINE

-NOTE
INSTALL TRIMMERS IN ORDER
OF DIMINISHING SIZEIN THE
FOLLOWING SEQUENCEF
AND 3
1,4,2.5

Position
D. Trim exhaust

D ENGINE

VIEW LOOKING FORWARD

99,4

of exhaust cone nozzle trimmers

Fig.401

nozzle

NOTE: When an exhaust cone is changed it

new exhaust cone is trimmed to the
as the removed exhaust cone.
If a
carried outs only repositioning
of

is necessary

to ensure

that the

same effective
nozzle diameter
change of engine hand is being
the trimmers is necessar (see

para.lC).
(1) Measure the nozzle diameter of the removed exhaust cone at five equally
and calculate
spaced positions
the mean nozzle diameter by averaging
the five dimensions.
(2) Ascertain
the size and number of trimmers fitted
nozzle mean diameter by the amount of trim:V.25299
V.25296
V.25315

Large trimmer
Medium trimmer
Small trimmer

EXAMPLE: Trimmers fitted

=
=
=

0.078
0.047
0.031

and reduce the recorded

in.
in.
in.

are:-

72-00-01
Page 403
Aug.78

BRISTOL

gig

general

VIPER
continued

Removal/Installation

lx V.25299
1 x V.25296
1 x V.25315

=
=
=

Total
The nozzle mean diameter

DIVISION

MAINTENANCE

E22

...Engine

ENGINE

0.078
0.047
0.031

in.

0.156

in.

is reduced

in.
in.

by 0.156

in.

(3) Measure the nozzle diameter of the new exhaust cone at five equally spaced
positions and calculate
the mean nozzle diameter by averaging the five
dimensions.
(4)

Install

obtain

trimmers in the nozzle of the new exhaust cone as required to

a nozzle mean diameter equivalent to the removed exhaust cone with

trimmers fitted.
EXAMPLE:

Removed cone mean diameter

Trimmer fitted
1 x V.25299

=
=

Diameter

required

on new exhaust cone

New cone mean diameter

Diameter required
Trimmers required
i.e.

1 x V.25299
1 x V.25315
=

0.078
0.031

in.
in.

0.109

in.

13.660 in.
0.078

in.

13.582 in.

13.691 in.

13.582

in.

0.109

in.

as detailed
NOTE: Trimmers should be installed
in Fig.401 of this Chapter.
Ensure that the trimmer guides are not distorted
or standing proud,
dress as necessary to correct the contour.

~~

is not possible to obtain an identical

nozzle mean diameter
on the new exhaust cone, the nozzle should be trimmed to a smaller
rather than a larger mean diameter.

(5) Where it

NOTE: This may increase

j.p.t.
thrust is maintained.

slightly,

but will

ensure that engine

(6) Ground run the engine as detailed in Chapter 71-00 ADJUSTMENT/TEST,

Record ambient temperature, engine r.p.m.
Ground Running Tests, para.4B.
and forward the information
and j.p.t.
to the Service Department of
Rolls-Royce
Limited.

72-00-01
Page 404
Dec.79

ENGINE

BRISTOL

Rous

DIVISION

II AI NTE NANCE
sorc

...Engine

general

Removal/Installation

exhaust

2. Removal/Installation
Special
Extractor
Spanner
Lubricant

VIPER

inner

continued

cone unit

tools and equipment

..

..

..

..

..

..

..

..

..

..

..

..

A. Remove exhaust

inner

(1) Remove exhaust

(2) Release

PE 16099
PE 8662
Felpro CSA or Floiac

G.576

cone unit
cone (para.1.A.).

wire and remove the three stay

the locking

(3) Remove the three stay

(4) Withdraw the inner
(5) Clean the inner

pins

capnuts.

extractor.

using

cone unit

pin retaining

from the outer

cone stay pin bores

casing.

and surrounding

areas.

(6) Examine the stay pins and stay pin bores for damage and/or corrosion
check to ensure the stay pins slide freely
in the bores.
(7) Ensure the stay
bosses.
B. Install

exhaust

pins

inner

retaining

capnuts

are a good fit

on their

then

respective

cone unit

the outer casing.

(1) Position

the inner

(2) Lubricate
bearings

the stay pins and locate them through the outer casing
to engage the inner cone bosses.

cone unit

(3) Ensure that each pin is free

in position.

within

in its

location

with the remaining

(4) Lubricate
capnuts.

the stay pin capnut threads then install

(5) Wire-lock

the capnuts to the lugs on the steady

steady

two pins

and tighten the

bearing

bosses.

72-00-01
Page 405
Dec.79

BRISTOL

sai

MAINTENANCE
VIPER

ENGINE

1. Test engine
Special
Test
Test

ADJUSTMENT/TEST

RPM and JPT

tools and equipment

set
set

(complete with r.p.m. and j.p.t.

monitor kit)
(r.p.m.
and j.p.t.

The monitor
JPT signal
RPMsignal

DIVISION

ENGINE

kits

comprised

are

cable
cable

cables)

..

..

..

of the following

items

ES.1201
ES.1292

or ES.1295

ES.1252
ES.1256

or ES.1257

:-

..

..

..

..

..

..

..

..

and ES.1253

A. General
This equipment is approved for carrying
out the ground run performance
check
72-1.
It can also
for engine life extension
as detailed
in Service Bulletin
be used for checking the correct
operation
Control
of the 'Top Temperature
and j.p.t.
System' and will provide a means of checking the r.p.m.
instruments.
Test set ES.1201 may also be used to indicate
means of the power loss indicating
system.

engine

exhaust

(P4) pressure

NOTE_: The test set should be placed inside the aircraft

in a safe place
avoid damage.
This is normally in the front luggage compartment.
B. Connecting

the t

St

set

signal

NOTE : Route the cable to the entrance

to be ingested
not in a position

the free

to

cables

signal cable ES.1252

(1) Connect the long j.p.t.
socket in the rear equipment bay.

(2) Connect

by

end of the cable

to the t.t.c.

amplifier

door ensuring
that the cable
by the engine.

test
is

to the test set.

NOTE : If the t.t.c.

amplifier
test socket is not available,
join the
plugs of the two cables ES.1252 and ES.1253 and attach
the leads
of cable ES.1253 to the t.t.c.
amplifier
or spare terminal block
in the aircraft
fillet.
CAUTION : ENSURETHATTHE ORDEROF STACKINGTHE LEADSAT THE TERMINAL
BLOCKIS MAINTAINEDANDTHATONLYTHE CORRECTSPACERWASHERS
ARE USED.
r.p.m.
gauge
(3) Remove the aircraft
end of the r.p.m.
the appropriate
r.p.m.
aircraft
gauge input cable
ends of the cable, one end to the
the test set.

and disconnect
the input cable. Connect
signal cable ES.1256 or ES.1257 to the
connector.
Connect the two remaining
r.p.m. gauge the other end to
aircraft

72-00-01
Page 501
Dec.79

DIVISION

ENGINE

BRISTOL

vx

MAINTENANCE
VIPER
...Engine

Adjustment/Test

continued

ES.1201 is being used, P4 pressure should be recorded.

remove the blank from the power loss indication
system
situated
the
nosewheel
bay.
which is
in

(4) If test
achieve

set

this

To
pipe,

CAUTION : THE P4 READINGSWILL BE AFFECTEDBY ANYMOISTUREIN THE POWER

LOSS SYSTEM. THE ENGINE SHOULDTHEREFOREBE RUNAT HIGH
POWERFOR SEVERALMINUTESTO DRYOUT THE SYSTEMBEFORE
CONNECTINGTO THE TEST SET.
(5) Connect the test set ES.1201
connection
and the test set.

neoprene

tubing to the power loss

pipe

(6) If test set ES.1201 is being used, it will be necessary

to connect the
28V. electrical
supply.
To achieve this, remove one
set to the aircraft
of the storm light bulbs and connect the test set supply cable.
CAUTION: WHENUSING THE AIRCRAFT ELECTRICALSUPPLY, THE TEST SET SWITCH
SHOULDBE SELECTEDOFF DURINGENGINE START, AS DAMAGETO THE
TEST SET COULDOCCURDUE TO FLUCTUATINGVOLTAGE.
(7) If test
,supply

set ES.1292 or ES.1295

as they are
is required

NOTE : Ensure that

appropriate
(8) Test

run the engine

the test

set

instruction
as required

is being used, no aircraft

powered.
battery

electrical

to be used is serviceable,
refer to the
manual which should accompany the set.
:

supplies
that 115V. inverter
are available
at the
is essential
on the aircraft
t.t.c. amplifiers,
by switching
inverter
during
the engine ground run. Failure to do this will result in erroneous

NOTE : It

j.p.t.

indications.

disconnect
(9) When the tests are completed,
the j.p.t.
and r.p.m.
the P4 neoprene tubing. Then restore
cables,
and if applicable
connections
secure all electrical
and pipe connections.

signal
and

72-00-01
Page 502
Dec.79

BRISTOL

ENGNE

DIVISION

MAINTENANCE
VIPER

881

ENGINEGENERAL INSPECTION/CHECK
-

1. Inspection/Check

A. Acceptance Standard

for damaged rigid

pipes

(1) Reject any pipe having an abrasion

has occurred.
loss of material

associated

resulting

with

in sharp

the engine

edges,

or where

(2) Reject any pipes having dents exceeding 0.0250 in. in depth on straight
sections or exceeding 0.0150 in. in depth on bends.
(3) Reject

8. Inspect

than 0.250 in. from a weld.

any pipe if a dent is less

exhaust cone for cracked vanes

is usually confined to the end (face) of the bullet vanes in the

If a crack is found which is progressing
area adjacent to the pin stay bore.
inwards on the concave side of the bullet vane apply the following
radially
standard.

Cracking

One crack per vane (on the concave

not exceed 0.375 inches in length.

side only) is permitted

checks should be carried out where cracks

ensure they do not progress beyond the limit.

Regular

provided it does

are known to exist

to

72-00-01
Page 601
Aug.78

BRISTOL

ENGINE

DIVISION

MAINTENANCE
VIPER

ENGINE

CLEANING|PAINTING

Cleaning

1.

Clean

A.

engine

NOTE

after

damage

to the

solidified.
or crust

on hot

CAUTION

Quickly

scrape

(2)

Remove

all

Spray

as

NOTE

To enhance
operation.

WARNING

(4)

Flush

(5)

Dry

(6)

Examine

(7)

Spray

(8)

Return

Clean
NOTE
(1)

(preferably

into

water

air;

system.

and

this

ALKALI

engine

protective

intake

during

WITH

water

motor

air

shaft

main

ASSOCIATED

warm

exhaust

and/or
externally
water
of clean

engine

distilled)

AS

and

the

for defective

installation

for

"Foam
after

if possible

surfaces

and

other

damage;

is

Within
an hour
late bay

B .F

required
of fire

of operation

after

it has

been

Mark

cleaned.

engine".
with

cleansing

if available.

immediately

overhaul,
contaminated

contamination

No special

fluid,

a de-watering

with

engine

engine

of ammonia

rotate

with

engine,

sludge

necessary.

engine

documents

quantities

penetration

thoroughly

engine

as

the

copious

coloured

AS SOON

and

Minimise
it has

before

foam

a cream

intake

engine

washing

parts

clean

with

the

repair

by

the

OBSERVE
PRECAUTIONS
SOLUTIONS.

engine

the

from

with

a solution
of equal
affected
areas.

forms

removed

engine.

the

removing

THE ENGINE
IS CLEANED
CONTAMINATION.

of foam

necessary,

of the

parts

various

not

is

foam

any

traces

internally

over

out

extinguishant

by promptly

Foam
that
surfaces.

(1)

(3)

corrode

will

installation

IT IS VITAL
THAT
POSSIBLE
AFTER

foam

with

extinguishant

Foam

contamination

or

airborne

after

extinguishers,

bromide

methyl

use
open

on

ground

of extinguishers.
all

cowlings

to venti-

(2)

(3)

May

72

Wipe

off

extinguishant,

WARNING

Dry

with

engine

DO NOT
clean,

possible.

where

INHALE
dry

EX TINGUISHANT

compressed

air.

72-00-01
Page

701

RlIT

BRISTOL

ENGINE

MAINTE:NANCE
VIPER

-=

LUBRICATION

DIVISION

SYSTEM

DESCRIPTION

AND

OPERATION

1. General
The

entire

coolers

lubrication
oil cocks.

or

system

Rigid

forms
steel

an integral
external
pipes

part

of the

are

used

engine;

throughout,

there

are

no

for

except

oil
a

pipe to the oil pressure

transmitter.
The main
oil pump unit
flexible
embodies
gear-type
pressure
and scavenge
pumps
and provides
for two
a mounting
plunger-type
micro
pumps.
The system
comprises
circuits
three principal
:
the
the metered
circuit
pressure
and the scavenge
circuit.
The breather
circuit,
in conjunction
system
with
the scavenge
is described
circuit.
single

separate

2.

The

pressure

circuit

oil from
pump draws
the tank, through a fixed screen,
and discharges
The pressure
pressure
filter
it, via a static
sealing
valve,
a gauze
element
and past a relief
and also
pumps.
valve
to the two micro
When the engine
is
to the air intake
casing
valve
closes
and prevents
oil seeping
the static
back into the
stationary
sealing
by-passes
engine.
Part of the excess
oil flow,
which
the relief
valve
back to the
gearbox,
gear,
is bled off to lubricate
the pump-driven
intermediate
and
accessory
flow to the air intake
pinions.
The pressure
and transfer
lubricates
driving
casing
the accessory
gearbox
the front main
bearing,
the bevel box unit,
and also
supplies
transmitter.
Pressure
from the outlet
the oil pressure
oil is ducted
of the pressure
via
the intermediate
gear andpumpcover,
to the oil low pressure
filter,
warning
switch.
Oil draining
is returned
to the tank by the
from the air intake
casing
system.

scavenge

3.

The
Part

metered
of

circuit

the pressure

4.

The

pumps;
bearing.

oil

flow

is ducted

through

a felt

element

micro

filter

to the

or
flow of oil to its respective
pump delivers
a metered
After
oil is discharged
to
passing
through the bearings,
metered
transfers
gas stream.
An intermediate
gear,
which
the
atmosphere
via the exhaust
which
drive
from the scavenge
pump to the pressure
has an integral
cam
pump,
provides
for the micro
the drive
pumps.
micro
main

the

scavenge

centre

each

rear

circuit

Drain
the front main bearing
oil from
and bevel
box unit flows into the accessory
gearbox
filter
and then is drawn
through the gauze element
scavenge
to the scavenge
which
returns
to the air intake
pump,
it to the oil tank.
The tank is vented
casing
a
but, to ensure
a positive
feed to the pressure
regardless
of altitude
pump
pressure
relief
The
is interposed
limiting
valve
between
the tank and the vent pipe.
air intake
is vented
System,
to atmosphere
casing
by a breather
pipe (see Drains
Chapter
71).
The oil tank filler
on replenishment,
neck
has an overflow
drain
which,
prevents
within
incorporates
a dipoil accumulating
The filler
the cowlings.
cap
stick,
and an oil temperature
bulb is fitted to the tank.
-

June/68

72-00-11
Page

BRISTOL

ROLLs

DIVISION

ENGINE

MAINTENANCE
VIPER

ROYCE

14

12

13

1.

OIL TANK

2.

OIL

3.

TANK
TANK RELIEF
MAINTAINING

FILLER

TEMPERATE

DRAIN

PIPE

THERMOMETER

8.

O1L LOW

9.

OIL

BULB

4.

OIL

5.

SCAVENGE

6.
7.

OIL
OIL

10.

VALVE (PRESSURE
VALVE)
OIL RETURN
PlPE

PIPE TO OIL PUMP

SUPPLY
PRESSURE
TRANSMITTER

11.
12.
13.
14.

72-00-11
Page

Lubrication

system

external

Fig.

PR't.55URE

PRESSURE

II

WARNING

SWITCH

TRANSMITTER

SUPPLY
PIPE
MICRO PUMP (SUPPLYlNG
MAIN BEARING)
OIL
PUMP UNIT
MICRO PUMP
(SUPPLYING
MAIN BEARING)

REAR

CENTRE

CENTRE
MAIN BEARING
O1L FEED
PIPE
REAR MAIN BEARING
OIL FEED

components

and

pipelines

3722/l

June/68

(Y)

SIDDELEY

BRISTOL

VIPER
MANUAL
MAINTENANCE
.

Lubrication

system

Description

and

continued

operation

----OIL

-------

VENTING

19

\4

PRESSURE

OIL

SCAVENGE

AND DRAIN

OIL

.,

At1X/\
SUPPLY

.---

TO

----METERED

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

6.
7.
8.

PRESSURE

PUMP

OIL

Oil tank vent

Tank relief
valve
Oil tank
Bevel box unit
drives
gearbox
Accessory
Front
main
bearing
Centre
main
bearing
Total loss to exhaust
gas

12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.

connections
Priming
Scavenge
pump
Pressure
pump
Static
sealing
valve
Pressure
oil filter
Pressure
transmitter
Micro
filter
Centre
main
bearing

20.
21.
22.

pump
Rear main
bearing
Oil low-pressure
Oil pump unit.

efflux

9. Rear
10.
11.

6830/8

main
bearing
Scavenge
oil filter
Relief
valve

Schematic

diagram

of lubrication

micro
micro

warning

pump
switch

system

Fig.2

May 1/65

(DH.13)

72-00-11
Page

satsios.S

SIDDEi.BY

VIPER
MANUAL
MAINTENANCE
.

Lubrication

system

Description

and

operation

continued

5. Data
Tank capacity
air
(including
Air space
Maximum
consumable
oil

space)

Tank
and
Refer
to
limitations.
approved

relief
reseat

valve blow-off
pressure

Operating
Refer

Limitations

to (Chapter

...

12) for

....

....

(Chapter

71) for temperature

details

of permissible

15 pints (Imperial)
4 pints
7 pints (Imperial)

3 lb/sq.in.
pressure
oil consumption

and

and

oils

72-00-11
Page 4

....

....

Jan.30/65

(DH.11)

VIPER
MAINTENANEMANUAL
SYSTEM

LUBRICATION

INDICATOR

NO OIL

REGISTERS

Check

oil

TROUBLE

PRESSURE

tank
oil

contents
system

AND

SHOOTING
OIL LP

WARNING

LIGHT

ON

adequate,

for leaks

i
Not

OK.

Replenish

Rectify
oil

system

ENGINE
SERVICING
Chapter
12) Prime
(See LUBRICATION
Chapter
72)

any

Service
oil pressure
and
filters
(See LUBRICATION
Chapter
72)
SYSTEM,

leaks,
(See
OIL,

oil

OK.

scavenge

system

SYSTEM,

Not OK.
No oil pressure.
Disconnect
flexible
hose to oil pressure
complete
dry
transmitter,
cycle
and check
for oil flow from hose.
motoring

Not OK.
Remove
MAIN OIL PUMP
(See Chapter
drive
72) and check
from accessory
gearbox

Not OK.
Change
(See ACCESSORY

Sept.

67

accessory

DRIVES,

gearbox
Chapter

Service
pressure
OK.
relief
(See LUBRICATION
SYSTEM,
Chapter
72)

OK.
72)

assembly

valve

MAIN OIL PUMP

Change
(See Chapter
72)

72-00-11
101

Page

BRISTOL $-SIDDELEY

VIPER
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
Lubrication

...

system

Trouble

LOW
Check
ae ration,

continued

shooting

OIL

PRESSURE

INDICATED

the oil tank contents

and
flow to pump

and

oil

gene

for

ral

condition.

OK.

Check

indicating

Not

engine
and examine

oil

Check

OK.

tank

relief

the

Not OK.
for leaks

valve

the pipe to the transmitter

for security
of connections

Check
and

the system

rectify

as

Check the
scavenge
pump
filter
then
top up the oil tank as

necessary.

necessary

Disconnect
OK.
the pipe
from the transmitter
and
fit a slave
pressure
gauge
to the pipe

pressure
OK.
Service
filters.
scavenge
(See

Not
and

Chapter
72 LUBRICATION
SYSTEM)

OK,
Change
TANK
VALVE
RELIEF

Not

(See

Chapter

72)

Change
defective
TRANSMITTER
and/or
pressure
INDICATOR
(Se Chapter
79) then
OK.

oil
oil
re-check

Service

the pressure
relief
(See Chapter
valve
72
LUBRICATION
SYSTEM)

Relief

satisfactory,

valve

OIL PUMP
Chapter
72) and
check
the drive
MAIN

remove

(See

Drive
oil

OK.

Change

the

pump.

main

Drive
not
ACCESSORY

(See

Still

not

engine

OK.
Reject
for investigation.

72-00-11
Page

102

OK.

Chapter

Change

the

GEARBOX

72)

the

Sept.

67

ROLLS-ROYCE

LIMITED

VIPER

Lubrication

system

Trouble

HIGH

OR

Check
and

OK.

Check
slave

using

Not
and

OK.
scavenge

engine

oil

oil

condition,
relief

tank

PRESSURE

OIL

level

specification,
valve

Not

OK.

Rectify

as

necessary

gauge

oil
Service
filters.

(See

oil

Service

OK.

pressure

Not OK.
Chapter

FLUCTUATING

pressure

SYSTEM)

valve

continued

I
oil

72 LUBRICATION

relief

shooting

Chapter

as

Rectify

indicating

system

necessary

pressure

(See

assembly.

72 LUBRICATION

SYSTEM)

Not

OK.

Change

relief

valve

assembly

Change
the
OK.
OIL PUMP assembly.
(See Chapter
72)
Not

NOTE

Fluctuations

MAIN

in oil

pressure

of up to 3 p.s.i.

are acceptable.

72-00-11
72-00-11

103
Jan.87

Page

BRISTOL

SIDDELEY

VIPER
MAINTENANCEMANUAL
OIL

CONSUMPTION

HIGH

(1.5

NOTE

When

high

of oil

replenishments

oil consumption

US,

1. 25 IMP.

EXCEEDING
0.7

PTS.

/HR

LITRES)

maintain
an accurate
is suspected,
consumption
per flying hour.
to ascertain

record

for leaks,
compressor
Check oil system
for
exit and compressor
bleed valve
of oil contamination
and oil tank
signs
relief
valve
for exces sive venting

air

OK.
Service
(See Chapter
SYSTEM)

OK.
assembly

filter
LUBRICATION

oil
Not OK.
Excessive
tank venting.
Change
TANK RELIEF
VALVE
(See Chapter
72)

scavenge

72,

Change
MAIN OIL PUMP
(See Chapter
72)

Not
air

OK.
bleed

Compressor
valve

compressor

Not

OK.
Oil consumption
engine
high.
Reject
investigation
further

still

for

72-00-11
Page

104

by oil.
further

exit

and/or

contaminated
Reject

engine

for

investigation.

Sept.

67

Rou

BRISTOL

ENGINE

DIVISION

MAINTENANCE
VIPER
.

Lubrication

system

Trouble

OIL

HIGH

(Exceeding
NOTE

continued

shooting

ground
During
running
engine
when
anti-icing

permissible)

max.

of 20 to 30C

a rise

is selected

Check
and

TEMPERATURE

oil

level

approx.

can

be expected

'ON'.

condition

specification

Check that the vent

from air intake
to
holes
of obzone
1 are clear
air
permitting
struction,
flow over
oil tank
OK.

Check

OK.

temperature

engine

oil

indicating

Not OK.
Clear
obstruction
from the vent holes

system

OK.
and

Service
scavenge

(See Chapter
LUBRICATION

OK.

for

June/68
i

the pressure
oil

filters

Not OK.

Rectify

as

necessary

72
SYSTEM)

Reject
the engine
investigation

72-00-11
Page

105

ENGINE

BRISTOL

R
LOW

OIL

MAINTENANCE
VIPER
- LESS

CONSUMPTION

(1. 08 US,

NOTE

Low
centre

and/or

rear

0. 9 IMP.

Check

run

rev/min
45 seconds

of an

engine

72-00-11
Page

106

for

supply

Check

OK.

pumps

engine

oil

to the

down time from

is at least

Not OK.
Clear
pipes of obstruction.
72
(See Chapter
Prime
oil system
LUBRICATION
oil
Check
SYSTEM)
section
from
centre
and
drainage
turbine
drain valves
for drainage
NOTE : Allow 5 minutes
to take place

Reject

/HR

insufficient

are

Not OK.

PTS.

main

60o

Not OK.
Reject
for investigation

THAN

0. 5 LITRES)

is indicitive
bearings.

consumption

oil

DIVISION

to

feed

centre

pipes
section

(micro
casing)

clear

Change
MAIN
OK.
PUMP assembly,
72)
(See Chapter

OIL

investigation

June/68

ROLLS-ROYCE

LIMITED

V IP ER
ROYCE

OIL SYSTEMCONTAMINATION
BYA FLUID LISTED BELOW
A.
B.
C.
D.
ACTION :

FUEL Aviation
Kerosene or Diesel
HYDRAULICFLUID Mineral and Phosphate
NON-APPROVED
SYNTHETICAEROENGINEOTLS
MINERALOILS.
-

Inform Rolls-Royce

and carry

out the following

procedure as required.

ENGINENOT RUN
(a)

Drain oil system ncluding the accessory gearbox.

Remove and inspect pressure
and scavenge filters,
(Refer Chapter 72-00-11 and 72-00-51).
clean and refit
DO NOT REMOVE
NICRO PUMPFILTER.

(b)

Refill with approved cTean engine oil

and 72-00-11).

and prime bearings

(Refer

Chapter

12-79-0

ENSINE RUNFOR SHORTPERIOD (UP TO 1 HOUROR 1 FLIGHT)

(a)

Drain oil system including

the accessory gearbox.
Remove and inspect
pressure
and filter
and scavenge filters
magnets (Refer Chapter 72-00-11 and 72-00-51).
NICRO PUMPFILTER.
If satisfactory,
clean and refit.
DO NOT REMOVE

(b)

Refill with approved clean

12-79-0 and 72-00-11).

(c)

Ground run the engine for five minutes at 95% RPM. Check oil temperature/
pressure are within limits (Refer Chapter 71-00}.
Check run-down time from
60% RPM is comparable with established
figures.

(d)

Repeat

(e)

Closely check oil

next five flights.

operations

engine

oil and prime the bearings

Chapter

(Refer

(a) and (b).

consumption

Chapter

(Refer

12-79-0)

is within

limits

over

PERIOD ON CONTAMINATED
OIL
ENGINEOPERATEDFOR EXTENDEDOR UNKNOWN
REJECT ENGINE
NOTE : If the engine oil system has been contaminated
not
by a fluid or substance
listed above, the operator should contact the local Rolls-Royce representfor advice,
giving as much
ative or Product Support Engineering,
Coventry,
information
as
possible.
detailed
*

72-00-11

Aa
Page 107
Jan.87

(gy

BRISTOL

ENGINE

DIVISION

MAINTENANCE

222

VIPER

LUBRICATIONSYSTEM MAINTENANCE
PRACTICES
-

1. Servicing
A. Drain oil
Special

tank

tools and equipment

Drain adapter
(1) Gain access
(2) Place
(3) Fit

a drip
drain

:-

and pipe for oil tank

to the engine.
tray beneath

the engine.

tool and drain the oil tank.

(a) Arrange the pipe end of the oil

a container.

tank drain

(b) Unscrew the blanking cap from the drain

drain tool;
this will open the valve.
is complete,
(c) When draining
blanking cap.
NOTE :

B. Drain

PE.22712

...

...

tool to deliver

into

valve and connect the

remove the drain

tool and install

When the oil system is replenished

after draining
complete Test J.given
in Chapter 71 POWERPLANT
GROUNDRUNNING
TESTS.

the

the tank,
-

ADJUSTMENT/TEST
-

the oil system

(1) Drain oil

tank.

(2) Item deleted.

continued

overleaf

72-00-11
Page 201
Aug.78

gar

BRisTot

ENGINE

MAINTENAKCE
VIPER

=
...Lubrication
(3)

system

(b)
(4)

Unscrew
the filter
Allow

Install
(a)

Maintenance

end

the pressure
element.

continued

filter
Discard

housing,

the filter

remove
housing

the spring and withdraw

washer.
sealing

to drain.

housing

the pressure

Insert

practices

filter.

pressure

Drain
(a)

DIVISION

oil filter.

the filter

of the filter

element
into the oil pump body;
seats
in its recess.
correctly

(b)

Install

the filter

(c)

Install
Tighten

a new sealing
and wire-lock

ensure

that the inner

spring.

on the filter
the filter housing.

washer

housing

and

screw

it in position.

D
A.
B.

OIL TANK
SCAVENGE
VALVE.

DRAIN VALVE.
FILTER
DRAIN

Lubrication

'

C.
D.

system

Fig.

PRESSURE
ACCESSORY
PLUG.

drains
201

FILTER
LOCATION.
GEARBOX
DRAIN

locations

72-00-11
Page 202
June/68 (Y)

ROLLS-ROYCE

Ro

LIMITED

V IP ER
system

...Lubrication

(5)

accessory

Drain

(a)

continued

practices

gearbox.

the drain
pLug from the
to the starter/generator.

Remove

adjacent
(b)

Maintenance

rear

face
Discard

of the
the

gearbox,
accessory
washer.
seaLing

When the

is compLete,
draining
instaLL
washer on the
a new seating
(Mod.CV7348
the drain
pLug and instaLL
pLug.
and wire-Lock
wire-Lock
engines
drain
onLy
pLug to Locking tab under fuet pump
stiffnut).

drain

CAUTION

the

oit

the

oit

system.

oiL

system

(6)

Reptenish

(7)

Prime

the

C.Prime

SpeciaL

pipe

(1) Gain access

(2)

(3)

(see

system

SERVICING

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

to

engine.

the

union

Pump 1/8th
connection

of a print
engine
oiL into each
of approved
with the tooL kit syringe
pipe.
and priming

12).

PE 4483
PE 4484
PE 4485

the
connections

Remove

NOTES

Chapter

ENGINE OIL,

TO

and equipment

tools

Syringe
Priming
Adapter

IF THE OIL TANK OR OIL SYSTEM IS NOT TO BE REFILLED

IMMEDIATELY AFTER DRAINING, ATTACH A WARNING NOTICE
THE OIL TANK.

nuts

from

each

of the

micro

pump

banjo

priming

(Fig.202).
priming

1. It

is essentiaL
that the oiL system is primed
Less than 24
initiaL
hours prior
to initiaL
after
ground
run
instaLLation,
or when the engine
has not been run for a
the
period
of 14 days or more.
This
wiLL aLleviate
possibiLity
of there
Lubrication
to the
being insufficient
period
of engine
centre
the initiaL
or rear bearings
during
operation.
Inadequate
Lubrication
couLd resuLt
in bearing

faiture.
2.

to ensure
oiL is
It is important
that
onLy cLean approved
operation,
Lubrication
used for the engine
system priming
the equipment
is kept scrupulousLy
cLean, and the priming
is air purged before
air is not
syringe
use, to ensure
induced
into the system during
priming.

72- OO 1
-1

72-00-11

203
Jan.87

Page

ROLLS-ROYCE

ROLLs;

LIMITED

V I PER
ROYCE

...Lubrication

system

Management

practices

continued

A
1.

PRIMING

2.

PRIMING

CENTRE
REAR

175]U1

CONNECTION

MAIN
MAIN

3.

BEARING

CONNECTION

4.

5.

BEARING

ACCESSORY
GEARBOX
PRESSURE
OIL FILTER
AC(J.NFRATLR
ORRE
PLUG.

LEVEL

PLUG

PRIMING
ADAPTFR

CONNECTION

FILLER

connections

Priming

Fig.202

(4)

(5)

InstaLL
nuts.
Remove

cover

and wire-Lock

the

micro

the Levet pLug from the

and the fiLLer
pLug from
the

union

(6)

Remove

(7)

oiL
Pump approved
with the tooL kit
Levet pLug orifice

nut

from

the

pump

banjo

priming

front
face of the
generator
the a.c.
oiL

pressure

connection

union

gearbox
accessory
drive
adapter.

fitter.

into the priming

point
on the pressure
oit fiLter
unti t oi Lf Lows from the
pipe
syringe and priming
in the

front

face

of

the

accessory

gearbox

cover.

7 2- 0 0

-11

Page

204

Jan.87
72-00-11

ROLLS-ROYCE

\ROLLs!

LIMITED

\/IPER

)
iEYT
...Lubrication

system

Maintenance

continued

practices

(8)

the engine by
to the priming
Rotate
pipe.
CoupLe the toot kit adapter
hand (in the correct
direction
approved
oiL
and inject
of rotation)
untiL oiL
drive
into the fiLLer
orifice
generator
adapter
on the a.c.
fLows from the LeveL pLug orifice.

(9)

InstaLL

(10)

InstaLL,

(11)

Complete

This

(1) Drain
(2)

Top

(3)

Prime

(4)

Carry
LIST

(6)

on the
the

J of POWER PLANT
71).

and

fiLLer
union

nut,

Levet

pLugs.

fiLLer

and

ADJUSTMENT/TEST

Levet

pLugs.

GROUND RUNNING

oiL

D.Change

(5)

washers

and wire-Lock

tighten
Test
(Chapter

TESTS

NOTE

new seating

the

oiL

the

tank

oiL

up the

Drain

is

procedure

oiL

to be used

and

tank

system

with

system

when

(see

3 pints

(see

oiLs

the

para.

not

are

intermixabLe.

1.B.).

of the

new oiL.

para.1.C.).

out a dry motoring

cycLe
See Chapter
in POWER PLANT
ADJUSTMENT/TEST.

71 ENGINE MOTORING CHECK

the

FiLL the

oiL
oit

tank
tank

and

with

system;

the

discard

new oit

the

(see

oit.

Chapter

12 SERVICING

ENGINE

OIL).

(7)
(8)

Prime

the

CompLete
TESTS

oit

Test
(Chapter

system.
J of POWER PLANT
71).
*

ADJUSTMENT/TEST

GROUND RUNNING

72-00-11
205
Jan.87

Page

72-00-11

BRISTOL

R
OIL
1.

ENGINE

DIVISION

MAINTENANCE
VIPER

TANK

MAINTENANCE

PRACTICES

Removal/Installation

Special

tools

equipment

and

Tension

wrench

Spanner
Spanner

for
for

oil

tank

Remove

the

(1)

Isolate

(2)

Gain

access

(3)

Drain

the

(4)

Disconnect
return

(5)

to the

...

...

to the

supply

PE25492
PE1617

tank

oil

..

PE7390

thermometer

bulb.

engine.

tank.

filler

tank

and oil
the pipes
is

72 LUBRICATION

Chapter

See

outlet

pipe

(Fig.201

SYSTEM.

pipe,
oil tank vent
drain
pipe,
to oil pump from the oil tank,

oil

scavenge

discard

O-seals

adapter

on the

overleaf).
in the

a nipple

the bonding

Release

valve
connection

electrical

There

relief

the oil
pipe

NOTE

tank
tank

oil

blank

and

:-

from

cable

tank
the

pipe

vent

connection.
oil

scavenge

pipe

return

oil

tank.

(6)

and
Disconnect
the thermometer
the bulb

the thermometer

withdraw

bulb

in a safe

position

bulb

from

on the

engine

the oil tank.

Support
to prevent
damage
to

(7)

(8)

Remove
Discard

the relief
the Dowty

Remove

the stiffnuts
the tank,

Support

valve

sealing
and

the
using
washer.
plain

for

spanners

connection

and

valve.

from the three

oil tank mounting
bolts and detach
the tank from

washers

the

withdraw

special

mounting

bolts.
the

engme.

Install

oil

tank

(1)

Offer up the tank and engage

brackets
on the compressor

(2)

Insert

the

Torque-load
(3)

the

bolts
stiffnuts

and

secure

to 80 to 90

Check that the clearance

between
the
front unit is not less than 0.050
in.
NOTE

Feb./69

mounting

the oil tank

shield
blade

them

brackets

mounting
(Fig.201).
with

the

plain

with

washers

the mounting

and

stiffnuts.

lb.in.
oil

tank

and

compressor

blade

shield

is less
the tank and then
than 0.050
If the clearance
in., remove
the bush in each bracket
rearwards
soft
metal
(use
a recessed,
bush outer
the same diameter
until
as the bonded
shell)
the rear
the rear
face of the mounting
of the inner
shell
is 0.175
in, from
bracket
boss.

tap
drift
end,

72-00-21

Page

201

ENGINE

BRISTOL

DIVISION

MAl NTEN ANCE

VIPER
...Oil

tank
(4)

Maintenance

continued

a new Dowty
sealing
special
spanner
s

Install

(5)

Connect
tank.

(6)

Install

(7)

Remove

(8)

Lubricate

the bonding

PLANT

install

and
-

SERVICING

Connect

the

oil

pipe

oil

tank

and

CAUTION

bulb;
from

the blanks

outlet

filler

INSTALL

Wire

the

pipes

O-seals
MATERIALS).
to oil

drain
NIPPLE

pipe

and

the valve,

pipe

return

wire-lock

the

on the

adapter

union

oil

nut.

on

new

pipe

oil

scavenge

tighten

valve

install

and

valve

relief

the

-lock

to the

cable

thermometer

the

on the

washer

the

using

(9)

practices

the pipe

ends

pump,
scavenge
connections
in

TO VENT

(see

oil

Chapter

pipe,

return

sequence

71 POWER

oil

tank

vent

CONNECTION.

PIPE

4
7756/A

1.
2.
3.
4.

RELIEF
VALVE
OIL TANN
VELI
Mi
SCAVEN
1L RE.TUN N PIPE
CUTLE3
F1FF
lOOLL PUMP
A.
OIL TANK
MOUNTING

Oil tank
72-00-21
Page

202

Fig.201

5.

6.
7.
8.

oS2X/2

THF.RMOMETER
BULB
OlL
i-\NK
E ILLER
DRAIN
PIPE
i ANK
MOUNTING BOLT

OIL
SLLF
BRACKET

L
DE

N:NG

NUT

.30

details
Mar./69

BRISTOL

R
tank

...Oil

Maintenance

(10)

Tighten

(11)

Replenish

(12)

Restore

(13)

Complete
GROUND

Feb./69

oil

the

system
electrical

DIVISION

MAINTENANCE
VIPER

practices

and wire-lock

ENGINE

continued

all

the pipe

(Chapter
supply

connections.

12).

to the thermometer

Test J given in Chapter

RUNNING
TESTS.

71 POWER

bulb.
PLANT

ADJUSTMENT/TEST-

72-00-21
Page

203

SIDDELEY

BRiBTOg

WPER
1MENMFRANUAL
TANK
1.

-NANTENANCE

VALVE

RELIEF

PRACTICES

Removal/nstallation
tank relief

A. Remove

tools

Special

(1)

Gain

(2)

Release

(3)

for
for

relief

(5)

access

the

engine,

oil

tank vent
oil

the

tank

oil

tank

the special

using

washer

sealing

clip.

for

pipe

valve.

and

Hymatic
Nipple

relief

3.
4.

valve

tank

Hymatic

relief

connection

and

lose

the

valve.

1.
2.

the

spanner

Do not

vent

connection,

PE161T
PE7390

(Fig.201).
from the valve
Discard
the O-seal.

pipe

vent

support

pipe

the pipe.

of

end

the valve
the Dowty

Remove
Discard

to

the
the

Disconnect
from

Blank

valve

tank connections

nipple

(4)

equipment

and

Spanner
Spanner

valve

valve

O-seal.
Vent

pipe.
details

connection

Fig.201
B. Install

tank

relief

valve

the blanks

(1)

Remove

(2)

Install

the

new

(3)

Screw

the

valve

spanners.

Jan.31/64.

from

Dowty

into
Wire-lock

the

valve.
washer

sealing

its

location

the

in the

on

the valve
oil

tank

and

body

tighten

(Fig.201).
with

the

special

valve.

72-00-31
T3

' [3 1

VIPER
MAINTENANCEMANUAL
.

Tank

(4)

(5)

(6)

relief

valve

Lubricate
PLANT
Position
Tighten

Secure

Maintenance

and install
SERVICING

the

nipple

and wire-lock

the vent

pipe

practices

a new O-seal
MATERIALS),
correctly

the pipe
support

72-00-31
Page 202

continued
on the vent

on the pipe
union

end;

pipe

connect

end

(Chapter

the pipe

71 POWER

to the valve.

nut.

clip,

bar.67

BRISTOL

ROLL

ENGINE

DIVISION

MAINTENAN CE
VIPER
OIL
1

ASSEMBLY

PUMP

PRACTICES

MAINTENANCE

Removal/Installation

Equipment

required

Spanner
Torque

pump

oil

Remove

(Bearing

:-

feed

wrench

(1)

Isolate

(2)

Gain

pipe)

access

electrical

to the

...

...

the

and

place

...

...

to the

supply
engine

oil

PE

1618

T2

EM1987

low pressure

a tray

warning

beneath

the

BR
switch.

engine.

1.
I

2.
3.

TO OIL PUMP
WARNING
SWITCH
OIL
CONNECTION
ELECTRICAL
PIPE
SCAVENGE
OIL RETURN
OIL

Nov.

72

OUTLET
PIPE
PRESSURE
LOW

Oil pump

external
Fig.201

4.

CENTRE

MAIN

BEARING

OIL

FEED

PIPE

5. REAR

details

MAIN

BEARING

OIL FEED

PIPE

72-00-41
Page

201

BRISTOL

pump assembly
(3) Drain

DiviSION

MAINTENANCE
VIPER

BER

...Oil

ENGINE

Maintenance

continued

tank and system (see Chapter

the oil

(4) Release the bonding cable from the scavenge

outlet
pipe (oil tank to oil pump).

72, LUBRICATIONSYSTEM).
oil

pipe (oil
(5) Release both ends of the oil outlet
scavenge oil return pipe, and remove the pipe
blank the pipes.
Discard the 0-seals.
(6) Remove the wire-locking
valve.
(7) To withdraw

the pump

from the accessory

return

pipe

tank to oil
support

gearbox

clips.

and the oil

pump), and
Remove and

to the static

sealing

:-

(a) Disconnect the centre and rear main bearing feed pipe unions.
warning.switch
(b) Remove the oil low pressure
(see Chapter 79, OIL).
nuts and washers.
(c) Remove the oil pump retaining
to the compressor blade
(d) Remove the bolts which secure the a.t.1.
(see Chapter 73, ENGINE FUEL ANDCONTROL)to allow the
shield
bearing oil feed pipes to be withdrawn with the oil pump until
they can be disengaged.
oil drain pipe clip
(8) Withdraw the oil pump and the aircraft
bracket.
Discard the joint washer and base f1ange 0-seal.
B. Install

oil

Equipment

pump
required

Torque wrench

:-

..

PE.25492

..

on the ends of all

and install
(1) Lubricate
new 0-seals
(see Chapter 71, SERVICINGMATERIALS).
(2) Check the oil
(3)

Install

support

pump drive

a new joint

shaft

for

disconnected

pipes

freedom of rotation.

washer over the oil

pump attachment

studs.

studs and engage bearing oil

(4) Position
the oil pump over the attachment
on the oil pump drive shaft are
feed pipes.
Make sure the splines
engaged with the engine drive before easing the pump fully home.
Interpose
the two scavenge
(5) Secure the pump with washers and nuts.
wire-locking
filter
oil drain pipe clip support
tabs and the aircraft
Torque-load
bracket.
the nuts to 70 to 80 lbf.in.
(6) Connect the rear main bearing oil
feed pipe.
Tighten and wire-lock
feed pipe union nuts.

72-00-41
Page 202

feed pipe

the centre

and centre main bearing oil

and rear main bearing oil

Nov.72 (Z)

ggy

BRISTOL

pump assembly

VIPER

the oil

(7) Install
(8)

(see

practices

Chapter

continued

warning switch

low pressure

the bolts

Install

shield

Maintenance

DIVISION

MAINTENANCE

Em

...Oil

ENGtNE

(see

Chapter

79, OIL).

to the compressor
which secure the a.t.1.
73, ENGINEFUEL ANDCONTROL).

blade

(9) Connect the oil outlet

pipe (oil tank to oil pump) and scavenge oil
return pipe loosely to the oil tank and oil pump. Install
and secure
the pipe clips.
Tighten and wire-lock
the pipe union nuts.
(10) Wire-lock

the bonding

(11) Connect

outlet

pipe

(12) Replenish
(13) Restore

the static

oil

(oil

to the scavenge oil

cable

system, see Chapter

gearbox.

return

system,

12, SERVICING

supply to the oil

pipe and the oil

OIL.

low pressure

warning

switch.

72. LUBRICATIONSYSTEM.

see Chapter

Nov.72 (Z)

to the accessory

valve

tank to oil pump).

the electrical

(14) Prime the oil

sealing

72-00-41
Page 203

BRISTOL

DIVISION

ENGINE

MAINTENANCE

==1

VIPER

OIL FILTERS

MAINTENANCE
PRACTICES

1. Servicing
a small amount of fine metal
NOTES : 1. During normal engine operation
(some
be
particles
of which may
magnetic) are generated by wear
parts
engine.
In that part of the engine
of the moving
of the
where oil is recirculated,
is
usual
for these metal particles
it
to be deposited in the scavenge and pressure filters
or on the
bottom of the oil tank.
normal for light deposits (including
hair like
metal to form a dust or fur around the scavenge
magnets, particularly
when engine running hours are low.
minor deposits of metal should be removed from the filters
washing in clean kerosene.

2. It is also
of ferrous

of tin flashing

3. Minute particles

in suspension

in the oil

slivers)
filter
Such
by
is

acceptable.
4. If it is considered
that the amount of contamination is excessive,
the filters
should be cleaned, the engine ground run and the
filters
is detected,
contamination
retain
rechecked.
If further
the metal deposits for analysis and request advice from RollsRoyce.
flakes of metal are found, retain the metal deposits
for
Do not run the engine, but request advice from Rolls-

5. If large

analysis.
Royce.
A. Service

pressure

(1) Gain access

filter

to, and place oil tray beneath

engine.

(Fig.201).

(2) Remove filter

(a) Cut wire locking.

(b) Unscrew filter

tredrfiltecr

Chcec
(3)

housing,
g

remove spring and withdraw filter.

1 nr fwarsberNotes).

(4) Wash all

components

(5) Check filter

(6) Install
(a)

damage and integrity

and dr.y with air

of soldered

blast.

joints.

filter.

Insert

for

in clean kerosene

filter

into oil

pump body and engage in its

centre pin is below pump filter

NOTE : Check filter

to ensure
surface,

inner

end is seated

recess.

housing
correctly.

locating

72-00-51
Page 201
June 80

BET

BRISTOL

MAINTENANCE
VIPER

==1

...Oil

filters
(b) Fit

practices

Maintenance

new sealing

B. Service

scavenge

and install

housing

then screw housing

of Chapter

filter

continued

to filter

washer

spring
(c) Engage filter
and wire-lock.
(7) Complete Test J
RUNNINGTESTS.

DIVISION

ENGINE

into

71 POWERPLANT

filter

spring.

tighten,

poisition,

ADJUSTMENT/TEST GROUND
-

(Pre Mod.CV7445)

CAUTION: DO NOT DISTURB MICRO-FILTER(FIG.201)

OF PUMP.

AS THIS ENTAILS REJECTION

(1) Gain access to, and place

engine.

(2) Remove filter

oil tray beneath,

(Fig.201).

(a) Cut wire locking

from filter

and turn filter

align with entry slots

(b) Depress

cover.

cover

lugs on filter
withdraw filter.

internal

until

in pump body

cover

aredrfiltrecronetamint nt
(3)

on (refer

bc

(4) Wash filter

in clean

of soldered

joints.

filter.

(a) Lightly
Chapter

lubricate new seal ring with clean engine

12, SERVICING OIL) and fit to filter.

(c) Depress
(d) Wire-lock

cover,

cover with entry slots

turn as far as possible

(.see

in either

in the pump body,

direction.

the cover.

(7) Complete Test J of Chapter

RUNNINGTESTS.
scavenge

oil

lugs on filter
(b) Align internal
and insert
filter.

C. Service

Notes 1-5).

and dry with air blast.

for damage and integrity

(5) Check filter

(6) Install

kerosene,

to para.1

filter

71, POWERPLANT

ADJUSTMENT/TEST GROUND
-

(Mod.CV7445)

CAUTION : DO NOT DISTURBMICRO-FILTER (FIG.201)

OF PUMP.

AS THIS ENTAILS REJECTION

72-00-51
Page 202
June 80

BRISTOL

Rau

ENGINE

DIVISION.

MAl NTENANCE
noc

VIPER

SCAVENGE FILTER

MICRO F LTER

MAGNETIC FILTERS
(Mod. CV7445)

SEAL RING

PRESSSURENGF

SEALING
WASHER

PREssuRE
HOUSING

3
3

6527/D

FILTER

72-00
Pressure

and scavenge

oil filter

Fig.201

details

-51

Page 203
Nov./68

BRISTOL

ENGEINNE

VISIOE

VIPER
...Oil

filters

Maintenance practices

continued

to, and place oil tray beneath

(1) Gain access

(Fig.201).

(2) Remove filter

(a) Cut locking wire from filter

cover.

cover until
(b) Depress and turn filter
with entry slots in oil pump body.
(c) Discard

engine.

filter

(3) Check the filter

internal

lugs on cover align

Withdraw filter.

seal.
for

contamination

(refer

Notes 1-5).

to para.1

is clean and no particles

of metal are attached to
(a) If the filter
the magnets, proceed as in operations (6), (7), (10) and (11).
(b) If the filter
and the magnets are
operation (4).
(c)

proceed as in

contaminated

is contaminated with a light deposit of ferrous

If the filter
metal and the magnets appear to be clean, proceed as in operation
(4) and check their magnetic strength
:
(i)

Pick up one magnet with the other

(ii)

Suspend two half

inch carbon

steel

(end to end).
(in chain

balls

fashion)

from the magnets.

(iii)

If the magnets will not hold the balls

them.

(iv)

Repeat the check with new magnets until a satisfactory

is obtained, then proceed as in operation (5).

(4) Release the circlip

in suspension

and withdraw the magnet assembly

reject

test

from the filter.

nut from the bolt securing the magnets to the

(5) Remove the self-locking
plate, wash the magnets in clean kerosene,
filter
then dr.y with an
air blast.
(6) Wash the filter
(7) Check filter

in clean kerosene
for

damage and integrity

(8) Assemble serviceable

N-S, N-S) with bolt
(9) Insert

and dry with air

of soldered

magnets to the filter

and self-locking
nut.

the magnet assembly

into the filter

plate

blast.

joints.
in correct

and locate

with

sequence

i.e.

the circlip.

72-00-51
Page 204

aous

BRISTOL

ENGINE

DIV1SION

II AI NTE NANCE
VIPER
...Oil

filters

(10) Install

Maintenance practices

continued

filter.

(a) Lightly
Chapter

lubricate new seal rings with clean engine

12, SERVICING OIL) and fit to filter.
cover with entry slots

lugs on filter
(b) Align interval
body and insert filter.
(c) Depress

oil

(see

cover and turn as far as possible

in either

in the pump
direction.

(d) Wire lock filter.

(11) Complete Test J of Chapter

71, POWERPLANT

ADJUSTMENT/TEST-GROUND

RUNNINGTESTS.
D. Check strength

of magnets (Mod.CV7445 scavenge

(1) Pick up one magnet with the other

(2) Suspend

two half

inch carbon steel

filters

only)

(end to end) and suspend

balls,

chain fashion,

vertically.
from the lower

magnet.
NOTE : If balls

do not remain suspended,

reject

magnets.

72-00-51
Page 205
June 80

BRIST

ENGEINNE

D VISIOEN

VIPER
RELIEF

OIL PRESSURE

VALVE

MAINTENANCE

PRACTICES

removed

high,

1. Servic
A. Service
NOTE

gessure

ou
:

The

Gain

(2)

Remove

relief

is

to the

access

the relief

1.
2.
3.
4.

(F

valve

is not
reported.

valve

pressure

oil

(1)

relief

.201)

normally

unless

low or

fluctuating

engine.

REL1EF
SPRING
STIFFNUT
DISTANCE

VALVE

the

from

unit

valve

5.

BODY

pump.

oil

ADJUSTING

6.

PLUNGER

7.

SEALING

SH1M(S)

WASHER

PIECE

Oil pressure

relief

details

valve

Fig.201
(3)

Remove
the plunger
washer
the sealing

(4)

Wash

(5)

Examine

all

piece
NOTE

spring

and

in clean

components

all

are

unit

the

from

housing.

valve

relief

Discard

the parts

retained

for

damage.

Ensure

the plunger

on

securely

dry

kerosine;

them in
that
stem

an

adjusting

by the

Dress
of plunger
by stoning.
light scoring
plunger;
transfer
shim(s),
distance
piece
unserviceable
plunger

air

blast.

shims
stiffnut.

Renew
and

stiffnut

distance

and

badly
from

scored

(6)

Insert

the

(7)

Install
pump.

a new

spring

into

sealing
and

Tighten

the

housing,

valve

washer
wire-lock

on

the

the

valve

followed
housing.

by the plunger
Install

the

unit.

in the oil

unit

valve.

Nov./68

Continued

72-00-61
Page

201

BRISTOL

...

Oil pressure
(8)

relief

Complete
RUNNING
NOTE

valve

MAINTENANCE
VIPER

If new

valve

PLANT
71).

components

the permissible

unit and
the plunger
tightening
the stiffnut

72-00-61
Page

202

practices

Maintenance

Test J of POWER
(Chapter
TESTS

outside

DIVISION

ENGINE

a screwdriver

and

the distance

piece.

continued

ADJUSTMENT/TEST

GROUND

have been installed

and the oil pressure
is
of shims
adjust
the number
fitted to
limits,
re-test
until
the pressure
is satisfactory.
When
on the relief
valve
plunger,
hold the plunger
with

tighten
Take

the
care

stiffnut
not

just

to

sufficiently

to damage

the

valve

screw

up

to

surface.

Nov./68

ENGINE

BRISTOL

ROLLS

DIVISION

MAINTE N ANCE
VIPER
STATIC

SEALING

VALVE

PRACTICES

MAINTENANCE

1. Servicing
A.

Service
NOTE

static
:

sealing

Normally
quantity
engine

(1)

Gain

access

(2)

Drain

the

(3)

Unscrew

the

static

to the

engine.

tank.

See

oil
and

the

(4)

Unscrew

(5)

Compress

sealing

of oil transfers
shut-down.

capnut

the

valve

from

Chapter

the

withdraw

the bonded

Discard

(6)

valve

removed

only

tank to the

accessory

LUBRICATION

72,

static

be

will

the oil

sealing

SYSTEM.

the

from

valve

if an excessive
gearbox
after

pump

oil

body.

seal.

from

valve

the

then

spring

housing

valve

expand

Remove
the retaining
the housing.

collar,

lift

Wash

in clean

kerosine;

the

spring

valve

the bonded

discard

detach

and

the

out

and

retaining
and

seal.
circlip.

the

withdraw

valve

from
(7)

all

components

I
Valve
Valve
Valve

4.
5.
6.

housing
spring

7
Static

(8)

Examine
all the parts
in the valve
its seating
lapping

an

air

blast.

4567ese

2
1.
2.
3.

them in

dry

collar
Retaining
circlip
Retaining
Bonded
seal

Capnut

unit

valve
sealing
Fig.201

for damage
for
housing

Check
pitting.

the

conical

Slight

of the

faces

pitting

can

be

valve

and

by

removed

(9)

Nov.

72

Lubricate

the

valve,

with

clean

engine

oil,

and

install

it in the valve

housing.

72
Page
-00

-71

201

BRISTOL

ENGINE

DIVISION

MAI NTENANCE
VIPER
.

Static

valve

sealing

(10)

Check that
its seating.

(11)

Install
these

(12)

the

Hold

72
Page

valve

practices

spring

and

and

spring

retaining

the

the
capnut

housing

valve

then

screw

lightly

the

capnut

the

(15)

Position

a new

(16)

Lubricate
location

with clean
the threads
in the oil pump body.

(17)

Tighten
the unit securely
then wire-lock
drilled
lug on the pump
to the adjacent

bonded

collar

the

over

fully into its

fully under

it fully

valve

into

circlip

its

home

stem,

against

compress

groove.

groove
then depress
spring
the
loading.

in a smooth
jaw vice,
into the housing.

Remove

from

then push

place,

retaining

(14)

valve

continued

into

freely

slides

that the circlip

has contracted
by hand and check
that it returns

Check

the

the valve

components

valve

(13)

Maintenance

the

fit a new bonded

seal
Tighten
the capnut.

to

the vice.
seal

over

the valve
engine

unit.
oil

the

then

screw

capnut

and

the unit

the valve

into

its

housing

body.

-00-71

202

Nov. 72

ggg

BRISTOL

DIVISION

ENGTRE

MAINTENANCE

sus

VIPER

PROCEDURES APPROVEDREPAIRS
COMMON
-

1. Restoration
of damaged UNCstud and bolt
magnesium alloy components

holes

in aluminium

and

A. General
CAUTION: THIS MATERIALCONTAINSTHORIUM.
This repair permits the installation
of wire thread inserts,
to restore
damaged or worn stud and bolt holes in aluminium alloy and magnesium alloy
This procedure is not permissible
components.
on holes previously
repaired.
NOTE :

B. Prepare
(1)

Wire thread inserts

must not be used in a through hole unless it
is possible to check visually
after assembly that the insert
has
not rotated.
location

(Fig.801)

the component,

Degrease

(2) Mark the holes

(a)

:-

Drill,
tap and countersink
shown on Fig.801 and Table

(b) Clean the repair

(c)

the repair

location

to the dimensions

801.

then remove any burrs.

the component for cracks using the d.ye penetrant

Inspect
(see Chapter

location,

method
IDENTIFICATION
CRACKS).
OF
COMMON
PROCEDURES
72,

treatments

(4) Protective
(a)

71, SERVICING MATERIALS).

to be repaired.

the location

(3) Drill

(see Chapter

:-

brush apply Alocrom 1200 solution

to all salvaged
Using an artist's
holes in aluminium alloy components (see Chapter 71, SERVICING
MATERIALS). Apply the solution
sparingly.
CAUTION: STRICT CAREMUSTBE EXERCISEDTO ENSURETHATONLYTHE
MINIMUMQUANTITYNECESSARYFOR COVERAGEIS USED, SINCE
RESIDUALSOLUTIONMAYINITIATE CORROSION.

(b) Using a small brush apply Titanine

grease
holes in magnesium alloy components.
C. Install

insert

(1) Install
NOTE :

Nov.72

(Fig.801

the correct

and Tables

size

LS.4668 to all

salvaged

801 and 802)

insert.

ensure that the tapping and drilling

When selecting
an insert,
If this condition cannot be
depths are as quoted in Table 801.
shorter
insert.
select
the
next
obtained,

72-09-11
Page 801

gg

R
...Common procedures

ENGTNE

BRISTOL

DIVISION

MAINTENANCE
VIPER

Approved repairs

continued

D DIA

O OBOINCH MIN.

SEE TABLE 802

FOR INSERT No

O OBO INCH MIN.

125

72-09-11
Page 802

Installing

A2283

9814

O-OBOINCH MIN.

wire thread insert

Fig.801

Nov.72

....4

-i.

CO

pa o
i
(Q
(DO

TM

c+

JO
CT 3

7/16

UNC

UNC

UNC

UNC

UNC

NOTE:

3/8

5/16

1/4

No.4

40
T.P.I.

T. P. I
,

mm.)

inch

UNC FORM

T.P.

I,

14
T.P.

9 10,
I.

231985

inch

inch

UNC FORM

.3985

diameters

quoted

in

inch

0.4530/0,4636
MIN.
DIA.
(11,5062/11,7754
mm.)

Effective

inch

4850
DIA.
0. 4814/0.
EFF,
(12,2276/12,3190
mm.)

inch
0.5303
DIA.
MAJ.
(13,4696
Min,
mm.)

,86

0.4131/0.4164
DIA.
EFF.
(10,4927/10,5766
mm.)

MI(

inch

inch

inch

inch

UNC FORM

mm.)

0,4562
inch
DIA,
MAJ,
(11,5875
mm.) Min.

16

DIA.
MIN.
(8,2423/8,4861
0.3245/0.3341

0.3461/0,3490
EFF.
DIA.
(8,7909/8,8646
mm.)

MAJ.
(9,7714

T,P.I.
0.3847
mm.)
Min.

DIA,

18

0.2608/0.2703
MIN,
DIA,
(6,6243/6,8656
mm.)

0.2800/0.2826

DIA.

(7,1120/7,1780

EFF.

inch

UNC FORM

mm.)

0.3150
DIA,
MAJ.
(8,0010
mm.)
Min.

20

inch

MIN,
DIA,
(2,9820/3,1064
0.1174/0.1223

inch

inch

UNC FORM

DIAMETER

EFF.
0.1257/0,1274
DIA.
(3,1928/3,2360
mm.)

0.1445
MAJ.
DIA,
(3,8703
mm.)
Min.

'A'

the

mm.)

inch

mm.)

inch

above

0. 5500
(13,9700

0.4700
(11,9380

table

mm.)

inch

mm.)

inch

for

DIAMETER

0.4000
inch
mm.)
(10,1600

0.3300
(8,3820

0.1600
(4,0640

'D'

'B'

unified

No.

INSERT

Depth

' C'

Depth

'B'

INN RT

'C'
Depth

Depth

'B'

No.

INSERT

'C'
Depth

Depth
mm.)

inch

mm.)

inch

mm.)

inch

mm.)

inch

threads

are

AS,845G/G

0.1850
inch

mm.)

inch

mm.)

inch

mm.)

inch

mm.)

inch

inch
mm.)

(0,0635

mm.)

inch

AS,8456/18

0, 7600
(19,3040

0,7100
18,03

AS,8456/17

0,6500
(16,5100

inch
0.6000
(15,2400
mm.)

AS,8456/16

inch
0.5650
(14,3510
mm.)

0,5150
inch
(13,0810
mm.)

AS,8456/15

0.4700
inch
(11,9380
mm.)

(10,6680

0.4200

AS.8456/72

0.2350
(5,969

(4,6990

0,0025

0. 5400 inch
(13,7160
mm.)

inch
0,4900
(12,4460
mm.)

AS,8456/5

0,4700
(11,9380

inch
0.4200
(10,6680
mm.)

AS,8456/4

0.4050
inch
(10,2870
mm.)

0.3550
(9,0170

AS.8456/3

INSERT
No.

'B'

0.3400
(8,6360

0,2900
(7,3G60

mm.)

inch

mm.)

inch

AS.84.56/71

(4,4450

0.1750

0.1250
(3,1750

'C'
Depth

Depth

'B'

INSERT
No.

Depth

'C'

Depth

mm.)

inch

mm.)

inch

inch
mm.)

inch
mm.)

mm.)

inch
mm.)

below

AS.8456/30

0, 9800
(24,8920

inch
0.9300
(23,6220
mm.)

AS.8456/29

0.8400
(21,3360

inch
0.7900
(20,0660
mm.)

AS,8456/28

0.7150
(18,1610

inch
0.6650
(16,8910
mm.)

AS,8456/27

inch
0.5900
(14,9860
mm.)

0.5400
inch
(13,7160
mm.)

AS.8456/73

(7,2390

0.2850

0,2350
(5,9690
mm.)

inch

mm.)

inch

inch
mm.)

standard

mm

inch

inch
mm.)

mm.)

inch

UNC sizes.

mm.)

inch

AS.8456/42

1.1900
(30,2260

1,1400
28,9560

AS.8456/41

1.0300
(26,1620

0.9800
(24,8920

AS,8456/40

inch
0.8750
(22,2250
mm.)

0,8250
(20,9550

AS.8456/39

inch
0,7100
(18,0340
mm.)

0,6600
inch
(16,7640
mm.)

AS,8456/74

0.3450
(8,7630

(7,4930

0.2950

inch
un.)

mm.)\

inch

A2282

AS,8456/54

1, 4100
(35,8140

inch
1.3600
5440 mrr.

AS,8456/53

1.2100
(50,7340

inch
1.1600
(29,4640
nm.)

mm.)

inch

AS,8456/52

1.0350
26,2890

inch
0.9850
(25,0190
un.)

AS,8456/51

inch
0,8400
(21,3360
mm.)

inch
0.7900
(20,0660
mm.)

un,)

neh

mm.)

inch

AS.8456/75

0.3950
(10,0330

0,3450
(8,7630

(D

U1

-e

ggJ

BRISTOL

MAINTENAKCE
VIPER

EET

...Common procedures

Approved repairs

(2) Apply a coating

DIVISION

ENGtNE

continued

to the selected

of zinc chromate paste

insert.

into position
insert
using the appropriate
size
(3) Screw the selected
insert
tool (refer to Table 802). Ensure that the insert is screwed
one quarter turn below the bottom of the chamfer as shown on Fig.801.
(4) Using the correct break-off
discard the tang.
SIZE UNC

(1)

PE.19701
PE.19731
PE.19734
PE.19736
PE.19738

PE.19700
PE.19730
PE.19733
PE.19735
PE.19737
Table

to Table 802) remove and

TANG
_BREAK-0FF
TOOL

INSERT TOOL

4-40
1/4-20
5/16-18
3/8-16
7/16-14

D. Complete

tool (refer

802

Tools

EXTRACTINGTOOL
PE.19702
PE.19732
PE.19732
PE.19732
PE.19739

required

repair

the assembly

Inspect

for satisfactory

completion.

to the unit part number (see Chapter 72,

(2) Mark SAL.V.37776 adjacent
COMMON
and record this number in the
PROCEDURES MARKINGCOMPONENTS)
engine log book.
-

2. Restoration
of damaged UNF stud
magnesium alloy components
CAUTION:

and bolt

holes

in aluminium

and

THIS MATERIALCONTAINSTHORIUM.

A. General
This repair permits the installation
of wire thread inserts
to restore
damaged or worn stud and bolt holes in aluminium alloy and magnesium alloy
components. This procedure is not permissible
on holes previously
repaired.
NOTE : Wire thread inserts
must not be used in a through hole unless it is
possible
to check visually after assembly that the insert has not
rotated.
B. Prepare

location

(1) Degrease

the component (see Chapter

(2) Mark the holes

72-09-11
Page 804

(Fig.801)
71, SERVICING MATERIALS).

to be repaired.

Nov.72

ggy

BRISTOL

ENatNE

MAINTENANCE
VIPER

EMI

..Common procedures

continued

Approved repairs
:-

the location

(3) Drill

DIVISION

tap and countersink

(a) Drill,
for dimensions.

the repair

(b) Clean the repair

then remove any burrs.

(c)

Inspect the component for cracks,

using
(see-Chapter
72, COMMON
PROCEDURES
),

the dye

method

STRICT CAREMUSTBE EXERCISEDTO ENSURETHATONLYTHE

MINIMUMQUANTITYNECESSARYFOR COVERAGE
IS USED, SINCE
RESIDUALSOLUTIONMAYINITIATE CORROSION.
LS.4668 to all

grease
(b) Using a small brush, apply Titanine
holes in magnesium alloy components.
insert

NOTE :

salvaged

(Fig.802)

the correct

(1) Install

penetrant

Using an artist's
brush, apply Alocrom 1200 solution
to all salvaged
holes in aluminium alloy components (see Chapter 71, SERVICING
MATERIALS). Apply the solution
sparingly.
CAUTION:

C. Install

to Fig.802

treatment.

(4) Protective
(a)

location,

refer

location;

size insert.

an insert,
When selecting
ensure
depths are as quoted in Fig.802.
obtained, select the next shorter

(2) Apply a coating

of zinc

chromate

paste

that

the tapping and drilling

condition
cannot be

If this
insert.

to the selected

insert.

into position,
size
(3) Screw the selected
insert
using the appropriate
tool.
Ensure that the insert
insert
is screwed one quarter
turn below
the bottom of the chamfer.
(4) Using the correct
D. Complete

break-off

tool,

remove and discard

the tang.

repair

(1) Examine the assembly

for satisfactory

completion.

to the unit part number (see Chapter 72,

(2) Mark SAL.V.33485 adjacent
PROCEDURES MARKINGCOMPONENTS)
and record this number in the
COMMON
engine log book.
-

Nov.72

72-09-11
Page 805

BRISTOL

m
...Common procedures

Approved

ENGONE

DIVISION

MAINTENANCE
VIPER
continued

repairs

OSOO IN. MIN

O OBOO

IN MIN

ERT

THREAD
SIZE

2 BA
3l 4 T.PI.

\/4 IN.
U.N.E
28 T.RI.

5/16 IN.
U.N.F
24 T.RI.

3 B IN.
U.N.F
24 T.PI.

INSERT
PARAS
No

SIZE

TAPPING
DRILL DIA

INSERT

2|OO
3000
3900
48OO
57OO

4947/50

O
O
O
O
O

8455/2
8455/17
8455/32
8455 /47
8455/62

O2700
O 4OOO
O 5200
O 64OO
0 7700

4947/2
4947/14
4947/26

O 1935

IN

4947/38

O 2570

IN.

8455/3
8455/l8
8455/33
8455/48
8455/63

O 3230

8455/4
8455/f9
8455/34
8455/49
8455/64

O 386O

IN.

IN-

DIMENSION

DiMENSION

IN.

1N.
IN.
IN.

IN.
IN.
IN.

IN.
1N,

IN.
IN.
IN.
IN.
IN.

O
O
O
O
O

26OO
35OO

IN.
IN.

4400

IN.
IN.
IN.

5300
6200

O3200
O 45OO
O 57OO
O 69OO
O 82OO

O335O
O495O
O 6450
O 8050
0 9650

IN.

O 3850
05450
O 6950
O 8550
I OISO

O4050
O 5850
O 7750
09650
i 1450

IN.
IN.
IN.
IN.
IN.

O4550
O 6350
O 8250
I OI5O
I 1950

SIZE

DIMENSION

O 23OO
X
45

IN.

O 3000

[N.

IN.

IN.
IN.
IN.

45

IN.
IN.
IN

IN
IN
IN.

IN.
IN.
IN.
IN.

O 37OO
X
45

IN,

O 43OO
X

IN.

45

IN.

A-l288
9813

72-09-11
Page 806

Stud/bolt

location
Fig.802

repairs

Nov.72

BRISTOL

MAINTENANCE
VIPER

881

...Common procedures
3. Restore

DIVISION

ENGtNE

Approved repairs

continued

thread inserts

damaged 1/4 UNF wire

in magnesium alloy

components

A. General
CAUTION: THIS MATERIALCONTAINSTHORIUM.
This repair may be used to restore
damaged 1/4 UNFwire
steel
inserts
at any of the following
locations
fitting
Anti-icing
air inlet and outlet
elbow attachment
Pitot attachment faces.
Compressor air bleed valve attachment
face.
Fuel system control
rod mounting face.
B. Prepare

thread inserts

by

:-

faces.

location

the damaged insert;

(1) Remove and discard

thread extractor.
insert

(2) Drill

use a standard

1/4 UNFwire

:-

location

the repair location to the dimensions

tap and countersink
(a) Drill,
shown in detail
A of Fig.803,
using the following tools :Standard
Standard
Standard

letter
drill
Q (0.3320 in.dia)
0.3750/0.3800
in.dia.
counterbore.
3/8
24 UNF 3B taps.

(b) Clean the location,

(3) Locally
C. Install

treat

then check for dimensions

the location

(see

Chapter

and finish.

71, SERVICING MATERIALS).

insert

and file flush with the

(1) Screw the insert
V.20895.L4 into the location
If the original
tapped hole breaks through the flange,
casing.
file the
insert
to the boss profile.
(2) Peg insert
(a)

:-

Drill and ream the location

Fig.803 using the following
Standard
Standard

No.43
0.0912

(b) Clean the location,

Nov.72

to the dimensions
tools :-

(0.0890 in.dia.)
in.dia.

then insert

shown in detail

B of

drill

reamer

the dowel FB.93521.

72-09-11
Page 807

BRISTOL

ggg

maa
...Common procedures

MAINTENANCE
VIPER

Approved repairs

continued

to the dimensions

(3) Chamfer the insert

(4) Locally treat the exposed

SERVICING MATERIALS).

ag

U.N.F.-3B

O 3750
O 3800

COUNTERSORE

O-OO5O
FOR

THREAD TO BE WITHIN
OF POSITION
SPECIFIED
\|4 U.N.F.
THREAD

IN.DIA.

O 2500

22

shown in detail
of the casing

surfaces

o-oolo
IN.DIA.X

O 092O
DETAIL

DIVISION

Drive the dowel below the surface of the casing and lightly
surface over the top of the dowel.
the surrounding

(c)

3/g-24

ENGTNE

O26OO

(see

DETAIL

Chapter

71,

AT 45

IN.

of Fig.803.

POSITION
DOWEL TO
OBTAIN MAX1MUM WALL
SECTION (MINIMUM
PERMISSIBLE
SECTION
DO9OOIN.)

IN.

IN. DIA. CHAMFER

peen

o 2ooo
O 2OSO

IN.

8841
MINIMUM

PERMISSIBLE

(INCHES}

O095O

Section

SECTION

OO65O

D
OlOOO

OO95O

through typical

insert

location

Fig.803
D. Complete

salvage

(1) Inspect

the assembly

for satisfactory

completion.

to the unit part number,(see

(2) Mark SAL.V20892 adjacent
Chapter 72, COMMON
and record this number in the engine
PROCEDURES MARKINGCOMPONENTS)
log book.
-

72-09-11
Page 808

Nov.72

BRISTOL

NE

ENG

DIVI

10EN

VIPER

22

COMMON
PROCEDURES MARKINGCOMPONENTS
-

1. Marking identification

symbols

on engine

components

A. General
Always mark salvage numbers and identification
indicated
in the relevant
repair
the position
in marking and never mark a running or mating
to lapping or bedding.

symbols on the component in

procedure.
Take great care
face or one which is subject

Avoid engraving or etching near the component edge or highly stressed

especially
on hardened or stainless
steel
components.
locations,
are given below.
The methods for marking various materials
Use only those
t.ypes of vibro-percussion
engraving machine approved by Rolls-Ro.yce (1971)
Engine Division;
any other t.ype of engraving machine may set
Ltd., Bristol
danger of subsequent
involved,
with possible
up undue stress in the materials
failure.
WARNING: WHENUSING CHEMICALS,OBSERVETHE PRECAUTIONSREQUIREDBY THE
FACTORYACTS OF THE COUNTRYCONCERNED
AND/0R THOSESTIPULATED
BY THE MANUFACTURER.
B. Vibro-percussion

engraving

for general application;

produce a marking as light as
This is suitable
possible.
Do not employ the method, however, on highly stressed
components.
C. Acid etching
This method of marking
the following materials
Case-hardened
steel
steels
Nitrided
Nimonic alloy steels
Corrosion-resisting
The composition

is alternative

to vibro-percussion

engraving

for

:-

steels

of the etching

is dependent

solution

upon the steel

to be

marked.
(1) For case-hardened

steel

make up a solution

acid
Selenious
Copper sulphate (crystals)
acid (concentrated)
Nitric
Water
..

..

steels,
Nimonic alloys
(2) For nitrided
use a solution comprising :-

Nov.72

..

..

..

..

as follows
20
10
15
80

:-

grammes
grammes
mis.
m1s.

and corrosion-resisting

steels,

72-09-12
Page 801

BRISTOL

Igg

DIVISION

MAINTENANCE
VIPER

BER

...Common procedures

ENGtNE

Marking components

continued

acid
Selenious
(cr.ystals)
Copper sulphate
Nitric acid (concentrated)
Hydrochloric
acid
Water
..

20
10
25
60
10

..

..

..

..

..

..

..

grammes
grammes
mls.
mls.
mls.

Apply the etchant with rubber stamps.

Immediately after marking,
corrosion.
it against
and dry the component thoroughly to protect

wash

WITH ETCHANTSFOR ANY

CAUTION: NEVERUSE THE RUBBERSTAMPSEMPLOYED
OTHERMARKINGPURPOSE.
D. Electro-mechanical

marking

light alloy components

Do not use this method on stressed
treatment.
having a hardened surface or protective
2. Marking hot end components

or upon materials

temporarily

A. Use Spectra Color or, if this is not available,

tailor's
chalk or french
chalk (talc) for temporarily marking any component subjected
to high

temperatures.
CAUTION: DO NOT USE LEAD PENCILS, WAXCRAYONS,OR ANYMEDIUMWHICHLEAVES
AND
A CARBONDEPOSIT SINCE THESE WILL RESULT IN CARBURIZATION
EMBRITTLEMENT
OF THE AFFECTEDAREAPROMOTINGSUBSEQUENTFAILURE
OR BLACKBOARD
CHALKWILL PRODUCEA
OF THE COMPONENT.COMMON
ETCHINGEFFECT
WHEN
SUBJECTEDTO
HEAT.
DEEP
B. Where Spectra Color is used, remove it as soon as possible
with Spectra
a component to heat or finally
Do not subject
remover.
assemble it to
removing this marking medium.
the engine without first

72-09-12
Page 802

Nov.72

LL

BRISTOL

ENGrNE

DIVISION

MAINTENAN CE
VIPER
COMMON
PROCEDURES IDENTIFICATION OF CRACKS
-

1. D.ye penetrant

method

A. General
and non-magnetic
ferrous
This process may be applied to all non-ferrous
brands which are
materials.
are proprietary
The penetrant
and developer
supplied
ready for use (see Chapter 71, SERVICING MATERIALS). Observe the
instructions.
manufacturer's
CAUTION: WEARPOLYTHENEGLOVESDURINGDYEPENETRANTAPPLICATION. ANY
PENETRANTCONTACTINGTHE SKIN SHOULDBE WASHEDOFF IMMEDIATELY
TO PREVENTPOSSIBLE SKIN IRRITATION.
NOTE

Penetrant
checks must be implemented prior to vacu-blasting,
since these operations
will peen over
machining or polishing,
the edges of the defect.

B. Application
(1) Ensure that the suspect areas are
and are absolutely
clean and dry.

free

from paint,

plating

or scaling

apply the penetrant

(2) When the area is cool enough to handle comfortably,
spra.ying or dipping.
When checking in situ use the BCP.60
by brushing,
Jet Pak. Allow a minimum dr.ying period of ten minutes.
The maximum
must be redrying time is one hour, after which period the penetrant
applied.
in localized
(3) Remove penetrant
moistened with trichloroethane
air.
(4) Apply the developer

areas by applying a clean cloth,

(Genklene).
Dry off with clean

in accordance

with

manufacturer's

slightly
compressed

instructions.

CAUTION: AVOID INHALINGDEVELOPERPOWDERANDAPPLY IN A WELLVENTILATED

AREA.
C. Defect

identification

the defect
Identify
as follows :(1) Solid
white

Nov.72

red lines

by examination
indicate

cracks,

metal or electro-deposited

in good light.
forging folds
coatings.

Defect

indications

or faulty

adhesions

are
of

72-09-13
Page 801

ggy

m
...Common procedures
(2) A line

DIVISION

VIPER
of cracks

indicates

or clustered

ENGYNE

MAINTENANCE

Identification

of red dots

(3) Scattered
corrosion.

BRISTOL

continued

a hair-line

red dots

crack

indicate

or forging

micro shrinkage,

fold.
porosity

or

D. Completion
Remove excess developer
coating with hot water
paraffin
washing. Dry off with clean
pressure

72-09-13
Page 802

brush
and a bristle
compressed air.

or by

Nov.72

ii3

BRISTOL

VIPER

AIR INLET

A.

DIVISION

MAINTENANCE

EEE

1.

ENGINE

MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

Inspection/Check
Air

intake

(1)

up to 10% of
Dents
and scores
provided
they are not in close

casing

scores

do not

(2)

The

(3)

do not
The dents
0.010
in.
exceed

(4)

standard

Acceptance

0.010

exceed
exceed

in

0.020

damage

the

aerofoil
proximity

in.
in.

in

to aerofoil

surface

to each

area
other.

extension
are

units

acceptable,

depth.

in depth,

and

any

scoring

does

not

depth.

has raised
which
the aerofoil
A score
by blending;
be removed
should
it is
are below the surface
which
level.

Aug.73

for

material
proud
not necessary

of the surface
to blend scores

72-20
Page 601

ENGINE

BRISTOL

DIVISION

MAl NTENANCE
VIPER
AIR INLET
APPROVED
REPAIRS
SALVAGE
SCHEMES
No. V.27277 TO V27280
-

1. Restore

oil

transmitter

pressure

retaining

locations

stud

A. General
(1)

to the following

Applicable
520
521
522

Viper
Viper
Viper

CAUTION
(2)

(3)

This
bolt
One

No. VU. 20406

V. 20951
V. 20951

V. 26943
THIS

repair

may

location,

V. 25160
V. 25160

MATERIAL

to

CONTAINS

type

oil

and/or

permitted

is

THORIUM.

the

restore

oversize

V. 27367
V. 27367

be used
by fitting

of either

repair

(1)

Drill,

(2)

Clean

(3)

Locally

counterbore

and

the location,
treat

oversize

the

then

at

tap the location

for

check

the location

pressure
transmitter
stepped
studs.

any

retaining

the locations.

of

see

to the dimensions

dimensions

Chapter

71,

and

on Fig.801.

shown

finish.
MATERIALS.

SERVICING

stud

(1)

Screw

(2)

treat the exposed

Locally
SERVICING
MATERIALS.

D. Complete

stud

into

the location;
surface

to Fig.801

refer

of the

casing

for
-

see

the

correct

Chapter

size.

71,

repair

(1)

Finally

inspect

(2)

Record

the

the

relevant

assembly.
salvage

number

Fig.801

June/68

:-

location

B. Prepare

C. Install

units

(Fig.801)

in the engine

log book.

overleaf

72-20-111
Page

801

ROLLS

BRISTOL

DIVISION

ENGINE

MAINTENANCE
VIPER

ROYCE

THIS
2.625

2-40CIN.
FRONT

IN.

TO
FACE

MATERIAL

CONTAINS

THORIUM

O 68O IN

1.750

IN.

A
MACHINE

TRANSMITTER
VIEW ON OlL PRESSURE
LOCATION
BOSSES

SALVAGE
NUMBER

STUD
FASERSE

DRILL
StZE

V27277

STANDARD

V27278

O-OOSOIR

V27279

O-OIOO

V 27280

STEPPED

Section

O-157O

IM

typical
Fig.

72-20-111
Page

802

O.2O3l

IN.

through

TAP
SIZE
2BA
31-4 TRI.
O-192IN.DIA
31-4 191.

IN.

O-2O31IN.

O.2187

SECTION

COUNTERBORE
SIZE

IN.

AT

O-2187

IN.

O.l97 (N. DIA

31.4 TRI.

O.2656

IN.

/4 IN. 28 UNF

stud

3B

AA

NON STANDARD
STUD REQUIRED
Bl5563O

LOSS

8155631

LOSS

8155632

LOS5

V 27281

9146

location

801

June/68

BRISTOL

D VISIOEN

ENGEINNE

VIPER
- APPROVED
REPAIRS
INLET
SALVAGE
SCHEME
No. V28758

AIR

1. Restore

5/16 in.
position

damaged
bracket

mounting

thread

wire

UNF

insert

locations

the

at

A. General
(1)

to the following

Applicable
520
521
522

Viper
Viper
Viper

V. 25160
V. 26943

V. 20406
V. 26760

V. 24795
V. 24795

V. 20951
V. 20951

CONTAINS

THORIUM.
UNF

wire

bolt

thread

position,

insert
by fitting

location

Remove

discard

and

thread

wire

UNF

(2)

MATERIAL

THIS

5/16
This repair
may
be used to restore
damaged
at the engine
bracket
attachment
locations
mounting
inserts.
steel

B. Prepare
(1)

V. 27167
V. 27367
V. 20879

CAUTION
(Z)

units

the

damaged

thread

wire

insert,

use

a standard

5/16

in.

extractor.

counterbore
and tap the location
Drill,
tools :
the following
Employ

to the dimensions

shown

on Fig.801.

Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
(3)

Locally

C. Install
(1)

treat

0. 3906 in.
0.4531
in.
7/16 in.
0. 3200 in.
-

dia drill
dia counterbore
20 UNF
3B taps
dia x 45 deg. chamfer
-

- see

the location

Chapter

71,

tool.

SERVICING

MATERIALS.

insert
Screw

the insert

V. 26090

into

the location,

file

the insert

flush

with

the

casing.

(2)

Peg

the insert.

(a)

Mark off,
Fig.801.

drill and ream

the dowel location
the
tools :Employ
following

Standard
Standard

June/68

No. 43
0. 0912

the location

(0. 0890
in. dia

dimensions

shown

on

drill

re amer.

the dowel

(b)

Clean

(c)

Drive
the dowel below the surface
of the casing
metal
over
the top of the dowel.
surrounding

and

insert

in. dia)

to the

B. 362690.

peen
and lightly
Finish
flush.

the

72-20-121
Page 801

BRISTOL

I-7OO

ENGINE

DIVISION

MAINTENANCE
VIPER

O 32O IN. DIA. CHAMFER

O BOO IN.

IN.

6IN.2OUNF.3B
O 65O IN.

MINOR

DIA.

X 45

go

O3834
O 39t6

IN.
IN.

O091IN.DIA.XO22OIN.DEEP3
O 092IN.

O-OSO

-A

SECTION

9098

Section

through

typical

O 100
(MIN

IN.

IN.

AA,

VIEW IN DIRECTION
OF ARROW

location

insert

Fig.801

(3)

Chamfer

(4)

Locally

D. Complete

the insert
the

treat

exposed

dimensions
surface

on Fig.801.

shown
of

the

casing

see

SERVICING

MATERIALS.

repair

(1)

Finally

inspect

(2)

Record

the

72-20-121
Page 802

to the

the

salvage

assembly.
number

V.28758

in the

engine

log book.

June/68

BRISTOL

R
AIR

1. Restore

damaged

ENGINE

DIVISION

MAINTENANCE
VIPER

SALVAGE

INLET
APPROVED
REPAIRS
No. V. 27239 TO V. 27241
SCHEMES

standard

5/16

in.

UNC

locations

stud

A. General
(1)

to the following

Applicable
520
521
522

Viper
Viper
Viper

V. 20406
V. 26943

This

repair

oversize

B.

Only

(2)

THORIUM.

damaged

restore
extension

standard

attachment

5/16
positions,

in.-18

UNC
by fitting

of this

salvage

type

is

permitted

the

six

locations.

to the dimensions

shown

on any

of

the location.

(a)

counterbore
Drill,
Fig.801.

(b)

Clean

oversize

tap the location

and

the locations,

for

check

the location

treat

Locally

finish

Chapter

see

and

71,

on

dimension.
SERVICING

MATERIALS.

stud

the correct
size
Select
COMMON
PROCEDURES,

(2)

Screw

(3)

treat
Locally
MATERIALS.

D. Complete

June/68

to

aerofoil

CONTAINS

V. 27367
V. 27367

studs.
one

Drill

C. Install
(1)

the

at

V. 25160
V. 25160

V, 24795
V, 24795

location

Prepare
(1)

MATERIAL
be used

may

locations

stud

(3)

THIS

:-

V. 20951
V. 20951
V. 29019

CAUTION
(2)

units

the

stud

into

the

stud

REPAIRS
Chapter
72, APPROVED
Fig.801
for identification
and dimensions.

see

and

the location.

exposed

surface

of the

casing

see

Chapter

71,

SERVICING

repair

(1)

Finally

inspect

(2)

Record

the

the

relevant

assembly.
salvage

number

(Fig.801)

in the

engine

log

book.

72-20-131
Page 801

ENGINE

BRISTOL

ROLLs

MAINTENANCE
VIPER

ROYC

6 HOLES
s
iIN.-18

DIVISION

(*)
UNC.-

38

(EXISTING)

-COUNTERBORE

DIA. V

I IOOO

IN

OOO IN

O2OOO

IN.

O
THREAD

go

SECTION

DIA-

AA.

A
VIEW ON
LOCATION

DIAGRAMMATIC
AEROFolL

MACHINE

SALVAGE
NUMBER

STUD
FAST END
OVERSIZE

V.27239.

STANDARD

V.2724O.

O-OOS

IN.

DRILL

IN.

O-32BI

O3281

38

TAP

SI2E
IN.

IN.

IN.

-IB

UNC.

O3175

IN.
UNC.
O-3225
IN.
-18

V.2724I

OOIO

IN.

O-3437

FACE.

AT

COUNTERBORE
DIA.

DIA.

02570

EXTENSION

IN.

-18

UNC.

NON-STANDARD
5TUD

REQUIRED.
B.3\l515L235.
B.3II5ISL245.
8.3Il516L235.
B.3\l516L245.

B.3lI517L235.
B.3II517L245

9279.
6454

Section

through

typical

stud

location

Fig.801

72-20-131
Page 802

June/68

BRISTOL

damaged

DIVISION

MAINTENANCE
VIPER

SALVAGE

- APPROVED
INLET
REPAIRS
SCHEMES
No. V. 27242 TO V. 27244

standard

5/16

AIR

1. Restore

ENGINE

UNC

in.

location

stud

A. General
(1)

to the following

Applicable
520
521
522

Viper
Viper
Viper

V. 20406

B.

V. 26943

MATERIAL

THIS

This repair
may
be used
to restore
locations
at the nose
bullet
attachment

(3)

Only

Prepare

(2)

repair

of

V. 27367
V. 27367

THORIUM.

standard
5/16 in. UNC stud
damaged
position,
by fitting
oversize
studs.

this type is permitted

to

location.

each

location
the location.

Drill
(a)

counterbore
Drill,
Fig.801.

(b)

Clean

oversize

then

the location

check
see

for

to the

dimensions

Chapter

71,

dimensions

and

SERVICING

shown

on

finish.
MATERIALS.

stud

Select
the
COMMON

the

correct

size

PROCEDURES

(2)

Screw

(3)

treat
Locally
MATERIALS.

D. Complete

tap the location

and

the location,

treat

Locally

C. Install
(1)

one

V. 25160
V. 25160

V. 24795
V. 24795

CONTAINS

(2)

(1)

June/68

V. 20951
V. 20951
V. 29019

CAUTION

:-

units

stud

into

the

the

stud
and

Chapter
see
Fig.801
for

72, APPROVED
REPAIRS
identification
and dimensions.

location.

exposed

surface

of

the

casing

see

Chapter

71,

SERVICING

repair

(1)

Finally

inspect

(2)

Record

the

the

relevant

assembly.
salvage

number

(Fig.801)

in the

engine

log book.

72-20-141
Page 801